WO2024229297A1 - Lymphatic system-targeting compounds - Google Patents
Lymphatic system-targeting compounds Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024229297A1 WO2024229297A1 PCT/US2024/027554 US2024027554W WO2024229297A1 WO 2024229297 A1 WO2024229297 A1 WO 2024229297A1 US 2024027554 W US2024027554 W US 2024027554W WO 2024229297 A1 WO2024229297 A1 WO 2024229297A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- disorder
- group
- aliphatic
- pharmaceutically acceptable
- acceptable salt
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
- A61K47/542—Carboxylic acids, e.g. a fatty acid or an amino acid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
- A61K47/543—Lipids, e.g. triglycerides; Polyamines, e.g. spermine or spermidine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J17/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen, having an oxygen-containing hetero ring not condensed with the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J31/00—Normal steroids containing one or more sulfur atoms not belonging to a hetero ring
- C07J31/006—Normal steroids containing one or more sulfur atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J31/003
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J41/00—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring
- C07J41/0033—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005
- C07J41/005—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005 the 17-beta position being substituted by an uninterrupted chain of only two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J41/00—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring
- C07J41/0033—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005
- C07J41/0055—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005 the 17-beta position being substituted by an uninterrupted chain of at least three carbon atoms which may or may not be branched, e.g. cholane or cholestane derivatives, optionally cyclised, e.g. 17-beta-phenyl or 17-beta-furyl derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J9/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of more than two carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, coprostane
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J51/00—Normal steroids with unmodified cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton not provided for in groups C07J1/00 - C07J43/00
Definitions
- NMD A receptors are highly expressed in the CNS and are involved in excitatory synaptic transmission. Activating these receptors contributes to synaptic plasticity in some circumstances and exci totoxi city in others. These receptors are ligand-gated ion channels that admit Ca 2+ after binding of the neurotransmitters glutamate and glycine, and are fundamental to excitatory neurotransmission and normal CNS function.
- NMDA receptors are heteromeric complexes comprised ofNRl, NR2, and/or NR3 subunits and possess distinct recognition sites for exogenous and endogenous ligands. These recognition sites include binding sites for glycine, and glutamate agonists and modulators.
- Positive modulators may be useful as therapeutic agents with potential clinical uses as cognitive enhancers and in the treatment of psychiatric disorders in which glutamatergic transmission is reduced or defective (see, e.g., Horak et al., J. Neuroscience, 2004, 24(46), 10318-10325).
- negative modulators may be useful as therapeutic agents with potential clinical uses in the treatment of psychiatric disorders in which glutamatergic transmission is pathologically increased (e.g., treatment resistant depression).
- the lymphatic system is a network of vessels, organs (e.g., bone marrow, thymus, lymph nodes and spleen) and tissues distributed throughout the body that work together to move lymphatic fluid back into the circulatory system.
- the lymphatic system has several key functions including transporting immune cells, collecting excess fluid from the body’s tissues and returning it to the bloodstream, filtering out waste products and abnormal cells, absorbing dietary lipids, and tumor metastasis. These features of the lymphatic system have made it a desirable approach for improving drug delivery to target organs.
- drug delivery via the lymphatic system has several major advantages, including circumventing first-pass metabolism in the liver and targeting drugs to tissues via the lymphatic system (e.g., certain types of cancer and human immunodeficiency virus).
- Lipid-based therapeutics have unique characteristics that make them promising candidates for enhanced lymphatic delivery.
- Described herein are compounds of Formula (I), pharmaceutical compositions comprising them and methods of use thereof. Also described herein is the use of pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with NMDA receptor modulation. Further described herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of Formula (I) for use in treating diseases or conditions associated with NMDA receptor modulation.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier thereof.
- the present disclosure provides a method of modulating an NMDA receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the present disclosure provides a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
- the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in modulating an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in modulating an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
- the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
- the present disclosure provides the use of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for allosterically modulating an NMDA receptor.
- the present disclosure provides the use of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
- compositions are described as having, including, or comprising (or variations thereof), specific components, it is contemplated that compositions also may consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited components.
- Compounds described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various isomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers.
- the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer.
- Isomers e.g., stereoisomers
- HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography
- preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques el al.. Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen etal., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw-Hill, NY, 1962); and Wilen, Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (E.L. Eliel, Ed., Univ, of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN 1972).
- the disclosure additionally encompasses compounds described herein as individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, and alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
- isomers Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “isomers.” Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers.” Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers.” When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible.
- An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively).
- a chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a “racemic mixture.”
- a pure enantiomeric compounds substantially free from other enantiomers or stereoisomers of the compound i.e., in enantiomeric excess.
- enantiomerically pure or “pure enantiomer” denotes that the compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than 91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than 98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight or more than 99.9% by weight, of the enantiomer.
- the weights are based upon total weight of all enantiomers or stereoisomers of the compound.
- the term “diastereomeric purity” refers to the amount of a compound having the depicted absolute stereochemistry, expressed as a percentage of the total amount of the depicted compound and its diastereomers.
- diastereomerically pure denotes that the compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than 91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than 98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight or more than 99.9% by weight, of the diastereomer.
- Diastereomeric purity can be determined by any analytical method capable of quantitatively distinguishing between a compound and its diastereomers, such as high- performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or supercritical fluid chromatograph (SFC).
- HPLC high- performance liquid chromatography
- SFC supercritical fluid chromatograph
- an enantiomerically pure compound can be present with other active or inactive ingredients.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure (R)-position/center/carbon compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure (R)-compound.
- the enantiomerically pure (R)-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight (A)-compound and at most about 5% by weight (S)-compound, by total weight of the compound.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure (S)-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure (S)-compound.
- the enantiomerically pure (S)-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight (S)-compound and at most about 5% by weight (R)-compound, by total weight of the compound.
- the active ingredient can be formulated with little or no excipient or carrier.
- H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D or deuterium), and 3 H (T or tritium); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
- C 1-6 alkyl is intended to encompass, C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 1-6 , C 1-5 , C 1-4 , C 1-3 , C 1-2 , C 2-6 , C 2-5 , C 2-4 , C 2-3 , C 3-6 , C 3-5 , C 3-4 , C 4-6 , C 4-5 , and C 5-6 alkyl.
- a “Aliphatic” refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or carbocyclyl group, as defined herein.
- a “bivalent aliphatic” refers to a bivalent radical of an alkyl (i.e., alkylene), alkenyl (i.e., alkenylene), alkynyl (i.e., alkynylene), or carbocyclyl group.
- Alkyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group comprising from 1 to 50 carbon atoms (“C 1-50 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C 1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“ C 1-2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“ C 1-3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“ C 1-4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“ C 1-5 alkyl”).
- an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1-6 alkyl”), and so on.
- C 1-6 alkyl groups include methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), isopropyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), 3-pentanyl (C 5 ), amyl (C 5 ), neopentyl (C 5 ), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C 5 ), tertiary amyl (C 5 ), and n-hexyl (C 6 ).
- each instance of an alkyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more substituents; e.g., for instance from 1 to 4 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent.
- substituents e.g., for instance from 1 to 4 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent.
- Common alkyl abbreviations include Me (-CH 3 ), Et (-CH 2 CH 3 ), iPr (- CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), nPr (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), n-Bu (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), or i-Bu (-CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ).
- alkylene As used herein, “alkylene,” “alkenylene,” “alkynylene,” “heteroalkylene,” “heteroalkenylene,” and “heteroalkynylene,” refer to a bivalent radical of an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl group, respectively.
- a range or number of carbons is provided for a particular “alkylene,” “alkenylene,” “alkynylene,” “heteroalkylene,” “heteroalkenylene,” or “heteroalkynylene,” group, it is understood that the range or number refers to the range or number of carbons in the linear carbon bivalent chain.
- Alkylene, “alkenylene,” “alkynylene,” “heteroalkylene,” “heteroalkenylene,” and “heteroalkynylene” groups may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents as described herein.
- Alkylene or “alkylene group” refers to an alkyl group wherein two hydrogens are removed to provide a bivalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- Unsubstituted alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), propylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), butylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), pentylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), hexylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), and the like.
- substituted alkylene groups e.g., substituted with one or more halo, -NO 2 , -OH, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl (e.g., methyl) groups, including but not limited to, substituted methylene (-CH(CH 3 )-, (-C(CH 3 ) 2 -), substituted ethylene (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -,-CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -), substituted propylene (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -), or C 1 methylene
- Alkylene abbreviations include, but are not limited to, -(CH(CH 3 ))-, -(CH(CH 2 CH 3 ))-, -(CH(CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ))-, -(CH(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ))-, -(CH(CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ))-, -(CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ))-, -(CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ))-, -(CH(CH 3 )CH 2 )-, -(CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 )-, -(CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 )-, -(CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 )-, and -(CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 )-.
- alkenyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group comprising from 2 to 50 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds), and optionally one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon triple bonds) (“C 2-50 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, alkenyl does not contain any triple bonds. In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C 2 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2-3 alkenyl”).
- an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 2-4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“ C 2-5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“ C 2-6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2-7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2-8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2-9 alkenyl”).
- an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 2-10 alkenyl”), and so on.
- the one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butenyl).
- Examples of C 2-4 alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C 2 ), 1-propenyl (C 3 ), 2-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-butenyl (C 4 ), 2-butenyl (C 4 ), butadienyl (C 4 ), and the like.
- C 2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2-4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C 5 ), pentadienyl (C 5 ), hexenyl (C 6 ), and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C 7 ), octenyl (C 8 ), octatrienyl (C 8 ), and the like.
- alkenyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkenyl”) with one or more substituents e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent.
- alkenylene refers to an alkenyl group wherein two hydrogens are removed to provide a bivalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- substituted alkenylene groups e.g., substituted with one or more alkyl (methyl) groups
- Alkynyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group comprising from 2 to 50 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon triple bonds), and optionally one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds) (“C 2-50 alkynyl”).
- an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C 2 alkynyl”).
- an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2-3 alkynyl”).
- an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 2-4 alkynyl”).
- an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 2-5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2-6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2-7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2-8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2-9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2-10 alkynyl”), and so on.
- alkynyl does not contain any double bonds.
- the one or more carbon- carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butynyl).
- Examples of C 2-4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl (C 2 ), 1-propynyl (C 3 ), 2-propynyl (C 3 ), 1-butynyl (C 4 ), 2-butynyl (C 4 ), and the like.
- Examples of C 2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2-4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C 5 ), hexynyl (C 6 ), and the like.
- alkynyl examples include heptynyl (C 7 ), octyny (C 8 ) , and the like.
- each instance of an alkynyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkynyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkynyl”) with one or more substituents; e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent.
- the alkynyl group is unsubstituted C 2-10 alkynyl.
- the alkynyl group is substituted C 2-10 alkynyl.
- Alkynylene refers to a linear alkynyl group wherein two hydrogens are removed to provide a bivalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- exemplary bivalent alkynylene groups include, but are not limited to, substituted or unsubstituted ethynylene, substituted or unsubstituted propynylene, and the like.
- heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises 1 or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) within the parent chain, wherein the one or more heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the point of attachment.
- a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group comprising from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1-10 alkyl”).
- a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 9 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1-9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1-8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 7 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1-7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a group comprising 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1-6 alkyl”).
- a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1- 5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 4 carbon atoms and lor 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1-4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 3 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 1-3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 2 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 1-2 alkyl”).
- a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 carbon atom and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-6 alkyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 1-10 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC 1-10 alkyl.
- heteroalkenyl refers to an alkenyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) wherein the one or more heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the point of attachment.
- one or more heteroatoms e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus
- a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group comprising from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-8 alkenyl”).
- a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and lor 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-4 alkenyl”).
- a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 2-3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-6 alkenyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkenyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkenyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 2-10 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is a substituted heteroC 2-10 alkenyl.
- heteroalkynyl refers to an alkynyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) wherein the one or more heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the point of attachment.
- one or more heteroatoms e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus
- a heteroalkynyl group refers to a group comprising from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-10 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-8 alkynyl”).
- a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-5 alkynyl”).
- a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and lor 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 2-3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2-6 alkynyl”).
- each instance of a heteroalkynyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkynyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkynyl”) with one or more substituents.
- the heteroalkynyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 2-10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is a substituted heteroC 2-10 alkynyl.
- Aryl refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 % electrons shared in a cyclic array) comprising 6-14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C 6-14 aryl”).
- an aryl group has six ring carbon atoms (“C 6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl).
- Aryl also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined herein, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system.
- Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, and trinaphthalene.
- aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl.
- each instance of an aryl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted aryl”) or substituted (a “substituted aryl”) with one or more substituents.
- the aryl group is unsubstituted C 6-14 aryl.
- the aryl group is substituted C 6-14 aryl.
- R 56 and R 57 may be hydrogen and at least one of R 56 and R 57 is each independently selected from C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, alkanoyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, NR 58 COR 59 , NR 58 SOR 59 NR 58 SO 2 R 59 , COOalkyl, COOaryl, CONR 58 R 59 , CONR 58 OR 59 , NR 58 R 59 , SO 2 NR 58 R 59 , S-alkyl, SOalkyl, SO 2 alkyl, Saryl, SOaryl, SO 2 aryl; or R 56 and R 57 may be joined to form a cyclic ring (saturated or unsaturated) from
- R 60 and R 61 are independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, substituted C 6 -C 10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl.
- fused aryl refers to an aryl having two of its ring carbon in common with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring or with a carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring.
- Alkyl is a subset of alkyl and aryl, as defined herein, and refers to an optionally substituted alkyl group substituted by an optionally substituted aryl group.
- Heteroaryl refers to a radical of a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 71 electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”).
- the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
- Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
- Heteroaryl includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system.
- Heteroaryl also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system.
- Bicyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like
- the point of attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5- indolyl).
- a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”).
- a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-8 membered heteroaryl”).
- a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-6 membered heteroaryl”).
- the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroaryl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents.
- the heteroaryl group is unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is substituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl.
- Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and thiophenyl.
- Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl.
- Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
- Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include, without limitation, tetrazolyl.
- Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyridinyl.
- Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl.
- Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively.
- heteroaryls include the following: wherein each Z is selected from carbonyl, N, NR 65 , O, and S; and R 65 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
- Heteroaralkyl is a subset of alkyl and heteroaryl, as defined herein, and refers to an optionally substituted alkyl group substituted by an optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
- Carbocyclyl refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group comprising from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 - 10 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system.
- a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-8 carbocyclyl”).
- a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-6 carbocyclyl”).
- a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-6 carbocyclyl”).
- a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5-10 carbocyclyl”).
- Exemplary C 3-6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropenyl (C 3 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentyl (C 5 ), cyclopentenyl (C 5 ), cyclohexyl (C 6 ), cyclohexenyl (C 6 ), cyclohexadienyl (C 6 ), and the like.
- Exemplary C 3-8 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C 3-6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ), cycloheptenyl (C 7 ), cycloheptadienyl (C 7 ), cycloheptatrienyl (C 7 ), cyclooctyl (C 8 ), cyclooctenyl (C 8 ), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C 7 ), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C 8 ,) and the like.
- Exemplary C 3-10 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C 3-8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C 9 ), cyclononenyl (C 9 ), cyclodecyl (C 10 ), cyclodecenyl (C 10 ), octahydro- 1 H -in denyl (C 9 ), decahydronaphthalenyl (C 10 ), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C 10 ), and the like.
- the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or contain a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated.
- “Carbocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system.
- each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted carbocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted carbocyclyl”) with one or more substituents.
- the carbocyclyl group is unsubstituted C 3-10 carbocyclyl.
- the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C 3-10 carbocyclyl.
- “carbocyclyl,” “carbocycle” or “carbocyclic” refers to a monocyclic, saturated carbocyclyl group comprising from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-10 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-8 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 5-6 cycloalkyl”).
- a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5-10 cycloalkyl”).
- C 5-6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C 5 ) and cyclohexyl (C 5 ).
- Examples of C 3-6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 5-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C 3 ) and cyclobutyl (C 4 ).
- C 3-8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 3-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ) and cyclooctyl (C 8 .)
- each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted cycloalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted cycloalkyl”) with one or more substituents.
- the cycloalkyl group is unsubstituted C 3-10 cycloalkyl.
- the cycloalkyl group is substituted C 3-10 cycloalkyl.
- Heterocyclyl refers to a radical of a 3- to 10- membered non-aromatic ring system comprising ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“3-10 membered heterocyclyl”).
- the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
- a heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”), and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated.
- Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
- Heterocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system.
- each instance of heterocyclyl is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heterocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heterocyclyl”) with one or more substituents.
- the heterocyclyl group is unsubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl.
- a heterocyclyl group is a 5-10 membered non-aromatic ring system comprising ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“5-10 membered heterocyclyl”).
- a heterocyclyl group is a 5-8 membered non-aromatic ring system comprising ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-8 membered heterocyclyl”).
- a heterocyclyl group is a 5-6 membered non-aromatic ring system comprising ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-6 membered heterocyclyl”).
- the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, thiorenyl.
- Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietanyl.
- Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl-2, 5-dione.
- Exemplary 5- membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and oxazolidin-2-one.
- Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl.
- Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl.
- Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl. Exemplary 6- membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl. Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl.
- Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to a Ce aryl ring include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, benzoxazolinonyl, and the like.
- Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to an aryl ring include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
- Hetero when used to describe a compound or a group present on a compound means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound or group have been replaced by a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the hydrocarbyl groups described above such as alkyl, e.g, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, e.g., heterocyclyl, aryl, e.g., heteroaryl, cycloalkenyl, e.g, cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like comprising from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
- alkyl e.g, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, e.g., heterocyclyl, aryl, e.g., heteroaryl, cycloalkenyl, e.g, cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like comprising from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
- “Acyl” refers to a radical -C(O)R 20 , where R 20 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, as defined herein.
- “Alkanoyl” is an acyl group wherein R 20 is a group other than hydrogen.
- R 20 is C 1 -C 8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
- Alkoxy refers to the group -OR 29 where R 29 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- Particular alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy.
- Particular alkoxy groups are lower alkoxy, i.e., with between 1 and 6 carbon atoms. Further particular alkoxy groups have between 1 and 4 carbon atoms.
- R 29 is a group that has 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino, C 6 -C 10 aryl, aryloxy, carboxyl, cyano, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, halogen, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, hydroxyl, nitro, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl- S(O) 2 - and aryl-S(O) 2 -.
- substituents for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino, C 6 -C 10 aryl, aryloxy, carboxyl, cyano, C 3 -
- Exemplary ‘substituted alkoxy’ groups include, but are not limited to, -O-(CH 2 ) t (C 6 -C 10 aryl), -O-(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -O-(CH 2 ) t ( C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl), and -O-(CH 2 ) t (4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci- C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
- Particular exemplary ‘substituted alkoxy’ groups are -OCF 3 , -OCH 2 CF 3 , -OCH 2 Ph, -OCH 2 -cyclopropyl, -OCH 2 CH 2 OH, and -OCH 2 CH 2 NMe 2 .
- Amino refers to the radical -NH 2 .
- Substituted amino refers to an amino group of the formula -N(R 38 ) 2 wherein R 38 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or an amino protecting group, wherein at least one of R 38 is not a hydrogen.
- each R 38 is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 alkynyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, or C 3 - C 10 cycloalkyl; or C 1 -C 8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; C 3 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; C 3 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy, or -(CH 2 XC 6 -C 10 aryl), -(CH 2 )t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -(CH 2 )t(C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl), or -(CH 2 )t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer between 0 and 8, each of which is substituted by unsubstit
- Exemplary “substituted amino” groups include, but are not limited to, -NR 39 -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -NR 39 -(CH 2 )t(C 6 -C 10 aryl), -NR 39 -(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -NR 39 - (CH 2 XC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl), and -NR 39 -(CH 2 X4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, for instance 1 or 2, each R 39 independently represents H or C 1 -C 8 alkyl; and any alkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4
- substituted amino includes the groups alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, alkylarylamino, substituted alkylarylamino, arylamino, substituted arylamino, dialkylamino, and substituted dialkylamino as defined below.
- Substituted amino encompasses both monosubstituted amino and disubstituted amino groups.
- Carboxy refers to the radical -C(O)OH.
- Halo refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), and iodo (I).
- the halo group is either fluoro or chloro.
- Haldroxy refers to the radical -OH.
- Niro refers to the radical -NO2.
- Cycloalkylalkyl refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is substituted with a cycloalkyl group.
- Typical cycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylethyl, and cyclooctylethyl, and the like.
- Heterocyclylalkyl refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is substituted with a heterocyclyl group.
- Typical heterocyclylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl, pyrrolidinylethyl, piperidinylethyl, piperazinylethyl, morpholinylethyl, and the like.
- Nonrogen-containing heterocyclyl means a 4- to 7- membered non-aromatic cyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom, for example, but without limitation, morpholine, piperidine (e.g., 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidine (e.g., 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), azetidine, pyrrolidone, imidazoline, imidazolidinone, 2- pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, piperazine, and N-alkyl piperazines such as N-methyl piperazine. Particular examples include azetidine, piperidone and piperazone.
- a “wavy bond” or in the structures depicted herein refers to the point of attachment of the group.
- Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups, as defined herein, are optionally substituted (e.g., “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkenyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkynyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” carbocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” aryl or “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group).
- substituted means that at least one hydrogen present on a group (e.g., a carbon or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction.
- a “substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position.
- substituted is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound.
- the present disclosure contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound.
- heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
- a “counterion” or “anionic counterion” is a negatively charged group associated with a cationic quaternary amino group in order to maintain electronic neutrality.
- exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F , Cl", Br , I"), NO 3 , CIO 4 , OH", H 2 PO 4 , HSO 4 -, SO 4 - 2 sulfonate ions (e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10-camphor sulfonate, naphthal ene-2-sulfonate, naphthal ene-l-sulfonic acid-5-sulfonate, ethan-l-sulfonic acid-2-sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propano
- Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as valency permits, and include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary nitrogen atoms.
- Exemplary nitrogen atom substituents include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, -OH, -OR aa , -N(R cc ) 2 , -CN, perhaloalkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C 6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two R cc groups attached to a nitrogen atom are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R dd groups, and wherein R
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved or approvable by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or the corresponding agency in countries other than the United States, or that is listed in the U.S. Pharmacopoeia or other generally recognized pharmacopoeia for use in animals, and more particularly, in humans.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a compound disclosed herein that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound.
- such salts are non-toxic may be inorganic or organic acid addition salts and base addition salts.
- such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2- naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulf
- Salts further include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the compound contains a basic functionality, salts of non-toxic organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate and the like.
- pharmaceutically acceptable cation refers to an acceptable cationic counter- ion of an acidic functional group. Such cations are exemplified by sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium cations, and the like. See, e.g., Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci. (1977) 66(1): 1-79.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to compositions, carriers, diluents, and reagents which are pharmaceutically acceptable materials that are capable of administration to or upon a subject.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be involved with carrying or transporting the subject agents from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- the carrier can be in the form of a solid, semi-solid or liquid diluent, cream or a capsule.
- the active ingredient can be mixed with excipients which are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient and in amounts suitable for use in the therapeutic methods described herein. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol or the like and combinations thereof.
- isotopic variant refers to a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
- isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the present application include, but are not limited to, isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 17 O, 18 O, 32 P, 33 P, 33 S, 34 S, 35 S, 18 F, and 37 C1.
- Isotopic variants of compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof disclosed herein can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples, by substituting a readily available isotopically-labeled reagent for a non-isotopically-labeled reagent.
- a “subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, a human subject (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or a non-human animal, e.g., a mammal such as primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys), cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, rodents, cats, and/or dogs.
- the subject is a human.
- the subject is a non-human animal.
- the terms “human,” “patient,” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
- the term “treat,” “treating,” or “treatment” includes reversing, reducing, or arresting the symptoms, clinical signs, and underlying pathology of a condition in a manner to improve or stabilize a subject’s condition.
- treatment is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results, including clinical results.
- Beneficial or desired clinical results can include, but are not limited to, alleviation, amelioration, reduction of the severity, or slowing the progression of one or more symptoms or conditions associated with a condition, diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable. “Treatment” can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
- prophylactic contemplates an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified disease, disorder, or condition.
- the “effective amount” of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response.
- the effective amount of a compound of the disclosure may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the disease being treated, the mode of administration, and the age, weight, health, and condition of the subject.
- An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
- a therapeutically effective amount refers to an amount sufficient to treat a disease in a patient, e.g., effecting a beneficial and/or desirable alteration in the health of a patient suffering from a disease, treatment, healing, inhibition or amelioration of a physiological response or condition, delaying or minimizing one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder, or condition etc.
- the full therapeutic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses.
- a therapeutically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations.
- the precise effective amount needed for a subject will depend upon, for example, the subject’s size, health and age, the nature and extent of disease, the therapeutics or combination of therapeutics selected for administration, and the mode of administration. The skilled worker can readily determine the effective amount for a given situation by routine experimentation.
- pharmaceutically effective amount also refer to the amount required to improve the clinical symptoms of a patient.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a compound also refers to an amount of the therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder, or condition.
- therapeutically effective amount can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of disease or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
- a “prophylactically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent a disease, disorder, or condition, or one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder, or condition, or prevent its recurrence.
- a prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of a therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the disease, disorder, or condition.
- the term “prophylactically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
- “pharmacokinetics” can be defined as the study of bodily absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of drugs. “Pharmacokinetics” can also be defined as the characteristic interactions of a drug and a body in terms of its absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion; or a branch of pharmacology concerned with the way drugs are taken into, move around, and are eliminated from, a body.
- administering or “administration of’ a substance, a compound or an agent to a subject can be carried out using one of a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art.
- a compound or an agent can be administered, intravenously, arterially, intradermally, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, ocularly, sublingually, orally (by ingestion), intranasally (by inhalation), intraspinally, intracerebrally, and transdermally (by absorption, e.g., through a skin duct).
- a compound or agent can also appropriately be introduced by rechargeable or biodegradable polymeric devices or other devices, e.g., patches and pumps, or formulations, which provide for the extended, slow or controlled release of the compound or agent.
- Administering can also be performed, for example, once, a plurality of times, and/or over one or more extended periods.
- the administration includes both direct administration, including selfadministration, and indirect administration, including the act of prescribing a drug.
- a physician who instructs a patient to self-administer a drug, or to have the drug administered by another, and/or who provides a patient with a prescription for a drug is administering the drug to the patient.
- the disclosure contemplates that the agents may be administered at the same or differing times and via the same or differing routes of administration.
- Appropriate methods of administering a substance, a compound or an agent to a subject will also depend, for example, on the age of the subject, whether the subject is active or inactive at the time of administering, whether the subject is cognitively impaired at the time of administering, the extent of the impairment, and the chemical and biological properties of the compound or agent (e.g., solubility, digestibility, bioavailability, stability, and toxicity).
- lipid refers to natural and non-natural hydrophobic and/or lipophilic fats, oils, polymers, hydrocarbons, and other such materials.
- suitable lipids when incorporated into a compound, are processed or metabolized similarly to triglycerides in the gastrointestinal tract or mimic such processing or metabolism.
- glyceride refers to an ester of glycerol (1,2,3-propanetriol) with acyl radicals of fatty acids or other lipids and is also known as an acylglycerol.
- a “monoglyceride” is a glycerol molecule wherein only one position of the molecule is esterified with a fatty acid.
- a “diglyceride” is a glycerol molecule wherein two positions of the molecule are esterified with fatty acids.
- a “diglyceride” is a glycerol molecule wherein three positions of the molecule are esterified with fatty acids.
- a “simple glyceride” is one where all esterified positions contain the same fatty acid.
- a “mixed glyceride” is one where different fatty acids are present at the esterified positions.
- the carbons of the glycerol backbone are designated sn-1, sn-2 and sn-3, with sn-2 being in the middle and sn-1 and sn-3 being the ends of the glycerol.
- cleavable moiety refers to a chemical moiety that may be cleaved via hydrolysis, reduction, or enzymatic reaction.
- Cleavable moieties include, but are not limited to acid-labile moieties, hydrolysis-labile moieties, enzymatically cleavable moieties, reduction labile moieties, and self-immolative moieties.
- self-immolative moiety refers to a bivalent chemical moiety that comprises a covalent, scissile bond as one of its bivalent bonds and a stable, covalent bond with a therapeutic agent as its other bivalent bond, wherein the bond with the therapeutic agent becomes labile upon cleavage of the scissile bond.
- the self-immolative group can be any such group known to those of skill in the art.
- self-immolative moieties include, but are not limited to, disulfide groups, hydrazones, acetal self-immolative moieties, carboxyacetal self-immolative moieties, carboxy(methylacetal) self-immolative moieties, para-hydroxybenzyl carbonyl self-immolative moieties, flipped ester self- immolative moieties, and trimethyl lock, or 2-hydroxyphenyl carbamate (2-HPC) self- immolative moieties.
- Other suitable self-immolative moieties are known in the art as described, for example, in C. Blencowe et al., Polym. Chem. 2011, 2, 773-790 and Kratz et al., ChemMedChem.
- acid labile refers to a molecule or compound that is sensitive to acids and can be cleaved or undergo significant changes in its structure or properties when exposed to acidic conditions.
- the disclosure provides compounds useful for preventing and/or treating a broad range of disorders, including, but not limited to, NMDA- mediated disorders. These compounds are expected to show, inter alia, improved in vivo potency, pharmacokinetic (PK) properties, oral bioavailability, formulatability, stability, and/or safety.
- PK pharmacokinetic
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
- Q is -C 1-8 alkylene-; each of R 1 and R 2 is independently hydrogen, an acid-labile group, a lipid, or - C(O)R 3 ; each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 1-40 aliphatic;
- X is -O-, -NR-, -S-, -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-S-,
- each R is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 aliphatic, 3-8 membered carbocycle, C 6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 hetero
- Y is absent, -C(O)-, -C(NR)-, or -C(S)-;
- Z is absent or an optionally substituted bivalent C 1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(S)-, -OS(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 O-, -NRS(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 NR-, -NRC(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -NRC(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein one methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-; or
- Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(O)-M-, C(R 4a )(R 4b )-M-, -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) n C(O)-M-, -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) n -M-, -(CH 2 ) m C(R 4a )(R 4b )(CH 2 ) n C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) m C(O)-M-, and -(CH 2 ) m C(R 4a )(R 4b )(CH 2 ) n C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) m -M-; wherein either side of Z may be attached to
- R 4a and R 4b or R 5a and R 5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S; each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of 3-8 membered carbocycle, C 6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; each R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1 to 6 -CN, -OR, -NR 2 , -SR, -R 9 , deuterium or halogen;
- -M- is a cleavable moiety; each n is independently 0-18; each m is independently 0-6; p is 1 or 2; and
- Agent is selected from the group consisting of:
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each of R 1 and R 2 is independently hydrogen, an acid-labile group, a lipid, or -C(O)R 3 ; each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 1-40 aliphatic;
- X is -O-, -NR-, -S-, -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-S-,
- each R is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 aliphatic, 3-8 membered carbocycle, C 6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 hetero
- Y is absent, -C(O)-, -C(NR)-, or -C(S)-;
- Z is absent or an optionally substituted bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(S)-, -OS(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 O-, -NRS(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 NR-, -NRC(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -NRC(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein one methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-; or
- Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(O)-M-, C(R 4a )(R 4b )-M-, -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) n C(O)-M-, -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) n -M-, -(CH 2 ) m C(R 4a )(R 4b )(CH 2 ) n C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) m C(O)-M-, and -(CH 2 ) m C(R 4a )(R 4b )(CH 2 ) n C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) m -M-; wherein either side of Z may be attached to
- R 4a and R 4b or R 5a and R 5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S; each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of 3-8 membered carbocycle, C 6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; each R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1 to 6 -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R 9 , deuterium or halogen;
- -M- is a cleavable moiety; each n is independently 0-18; each m is independently 0-6; p is 1 or 2; and
- Agent is selected from the group consisting of:
- W is In some embodiments, W is In some embodiments, W is In some embodiments, W is . In some embodiments, W is -C(O)N-(R 3 )2.
- Q is -C 1-8 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 1-6 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 1 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 2 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 3 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 4 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 5 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 6 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 7 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C 8 alkylene-.
- R 1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 1 is an acid-labile group. In some embodiments, R 1 is a lipid. In some embodiments, R 1 is a fatty acid. In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)R 3 .
- R 2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 2 is an acid-labile group. In some embodiments, R 2 is a lipid. In some embodiments, R 2 is a fatty acid. In some embodiments, R 2 is -C(O)R 3 .
- R 1 is a lipid.
- R 2 is a lipid.
- lipids include fatty acids. Exemplary fatty acids may be saturated or unsaturated medium- chain or long-chain fatty acids.
- the fatty acid comprises a C 2-40 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 2 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 3 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 4 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 5 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 6 aliphatic group.
- the fatty acid comprises a C 7 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 8 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 9 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 10 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 11 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 12 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 13 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 14 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 15 aliphatic group.
- the fatty acid comprises a C 16 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 17 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 18 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 19 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 20 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 21 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 22 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 23 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 24 aliphatic group.
- the fatty acid comprises a C 25 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 26 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 27 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 28 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 29 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 30 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 31 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 32 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 33 aliphatic group.
- the fatty acid comprises a C 34 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 35 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 36 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 37 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 38 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 39 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C 40 aliphatic group.
- R 1 is an acid labile group.
- R 2 is an acid labile group.
- Exemplary acid labile groups include, but are not limited to, -C(O)OR, -C(O)NR 2 , -CH 2 OR, -C(NR)R, -P(O) 2 OR, an amino acid or a PEG group.
- R 1 and R 2 are the same. In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are different.
- each R 3 is independently a substituted C 1-40 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 1 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 2 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 3 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 5 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 7 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently a substituted C 8 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 9 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 10 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 11 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 12 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 13 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 14 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 15 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 16 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently a substituted C 17 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 18 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 19 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 20 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 21 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 22 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 23 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 24 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 25 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently a substituted C 26 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 27 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 28 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 29 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 30 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 31 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 32 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 33 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 34 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently a substituted C 35 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 36 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 37 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 38 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 39 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently a substituted C 40 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 1-40 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 1 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 2 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 3 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 5 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 7 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 8 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 9 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 10 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 11 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 12 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 13 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 14 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 15 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 16 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 17 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 18 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 19 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 20 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 21 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 22 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 23 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 24 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 25 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 26 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 27 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 28 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 29 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 30 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 31 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 32 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 33 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 34 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 35 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 36 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 37 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 38 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 39 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 40 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently C 1-40 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 1 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 2 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C3 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 5 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 7 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 8 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 9 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 10 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently C 11 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 12 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 13 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 14 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 15 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 16 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 17 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 18 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 19 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 20 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 21 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently C 22 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 23 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 24 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 25 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 26 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 27 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 28 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 29 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 30 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 31 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 32 aliphatic.
- each R 3 is independently C 33 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 34 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 35 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 36 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 37 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 38 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 39 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently C 40 aliphatic.
- X is -O-. In some embodiments, X is -NR-. In some embodiments, X is -S-. In some embodiments, X is -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C 1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C 1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen.
- X is -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-S-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C 1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C 1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen.
- X is -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C 1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C 1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen.
- X is -S(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C 1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C 1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen.
- X is -S(C 1-6 aliphatic)-S-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C 1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -0-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C 1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen.
- X is
- X is -NR(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C 1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C 1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen.
- X is -NR(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C 1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C 1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen.
- X is -NR(C 1-6 aliphatic)-S-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C 1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C 1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen.
- X is
- X is -(C 1-6 aliphatic)-. In some embodiments, X is -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-. In some embodiments, X is -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-S-. In some embodiments, X is -O(C 1-6 aliphatic)-NR-.
- X is -S(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-. In some embodiments, X is -S(C 1-6 aliphatic)-S-. In some embodiments, X is -S(C 1-6 aliphatic)-NR-. In some embodiments, X is -NR(C 1-6 aliphatic)-O-. In some embodiments, X is
- X is -NR(C 1-6 aliphatic)-NR-. In some embodiments, X is -(C 1-6 aliphatic)-.
- R is hydrogen
- R is an optionally substituted -6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted 3-8 membered carbocycle. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
- R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 aliphatic, 3-8 membered carbocycle, C 6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1- 2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms.
- R is a Ci16 aliphatic.
- R is a 3-8 membered carbocycle.
- R is a 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- R is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- R is a substituted -6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R is a substituted 3-8 membered carbocycle. In some embodiments, R is a substituted C 6-10 aryl. In some embodiments, R is a substituted 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. In some embodiments, R is a substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- Y is absent. In some embodiments, Y is -C(O)-. In some embodiments, Y is -C(NR)-. In some embodiments, Y is -C(S)-.
- Z is absent.
- Z is an optionally substituted bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, - N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
- Z is an optionally substituted C 1-30 alkylene (i.e., Cialkylene, C 2 alkylene, C 3 alkylene, C 4 alkylene, C 5 alkylene, C 6 alkylene, C 7 alkylene, C 8 alkylene, C 9 alkylene, C 10 alkylene, C 11 alkylene, C 12 alkylene, C 13 alkylene, C 14 alkylene, C 15 alkylene, C 16 alkylene, C 17 alkylene, C 18 alkylene, C19 alkylene, C 20 alkylene, C 21 alkylene, C 22 alkylene, C 23 alkylene, C 24 alkylene, C 25 alkylene, C 26 alkylene, C 27 alkylene, C 28 alkylene, C 29 alkylene or C 30 alkylene), wherein 0-8 (i.e., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8) methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -, -O-, -NR-, -S
- Z is an optionally substituted C 2 -3oalkenylene (i.e., C 2 alkenylene, C 3 alkenylene, C 4 alkenylene, C 5 alkenylene, C 6 alkenylene, C 7 alkenylene, C 8 alkenylene, C 9 alkenylene, C 10 alkenylene, C 11 alkenylene, C 12 alkenylene, C 13 alkenylene, C 14 alkenylene, C 15 alkenylene, C 16 alkenylene, C 17 alkenylene, C 18 alkenylene, C 19 alkenylene, C 20 alkenylene, C 21 alkenylene, C 22 alkenylene, C 23 alkenylene, C 24 alkenylene, C 25 alkenylene, C 26 alkenylene, C 27 alkenylene, C 28 alkenylene, C 29 alkenylene or C 30 alkenylene), wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -
- Z is an optionally substituted C 2-30 alkynylene (i.e., C 2 alkynylene, C 3 alkynylene, C 4 alkynylene, C 5 alkynylene, C 6 alkynylene, C 7 alkynylene, C 8 alkynylene, C 9 alkynylene, C 10 alkynylene, C 11 alkynylene, C 12 alkynylene, C 13 alkynylene, C 14 alkynylene, C 15 alkynylene, C 16 alkynylene, C 17 alkynylene, C 18 alkynylene, C 19 alkynylene, C 20 alkynylene, C 21 alkynylene, C 22 alkynylene, C 23 alkynylene, C 24 alkynylene, C 25 alkynylene, C 26 alkynylene, C 27 alkynylene, C 28 alkynylene, C 29 alkynylene or C
- Z is a bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
- Z is C 1-30 alkylene (ie., Cialkylene, C 2 alkylene, C 3 alkylene, C 4 alkylene, C 5 alkylene, C 6 alkylene, C 7 alkylene, C 8 alkylene, C 9 alkylene, C 10 alkylene, C 11 alkylene, C 12 alkylene, C 13 alkylene, C 14 alkylene, C 15 alkylene, C 16 alkylene, C 17 alkylene, C 18 alkylene, C 19 alkylene, C 20 alkylene, C 21 alkylene, C 22 alkylene, C 23 alkylene, C 24 alkylene, C 25 alkylene, C 26 alkylene, C 27 alkylene, C 28 alkylene, C 29 alkylene or C 30 alkylene), wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(C(O)
- Z is C 2-30 alkenylene (i.e., C 2 alkenylene, C 3 alkenylene, C 4 alkenylene, C 5 alkenylene, C 6 alkenylene, C 7 alkenylene, C 8 alkenylene, C 9 alkenylene, C 10 alkenylene, C 11 alkenylene, C 12 alkenylene, C 13 alkenylene, C 14 alkenylene, C 15 alkenylene, C 16 alkenylene, C 17 alkenylene, C 18 alkenylene, C 19 alkenylene, C 20 alkenylene, C 21 alkenylene, C 22 alkenylene, C 23 alkenylene, C 24 alkenylene, C 25 alkenylene, C 26 alkenylene, C 27 alkenylene, C 28 alkenylene, C 29 alkenylene or C 30 alkenylene), wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -, -O-,
- Z is C 2-30 alkynylene (i.e., C 2 alkynylene, C 3 alkynylene, C 4 alkynylene, C 5 alkynylene, C 6 alkynylene, C 7 alkynylene, C 8 alkynylene, C 9 alkynylene, C 10 alkynylene, C 11 alkynylene, C 12 alkynylene, C 13 alkynylene, C 14 alkynylene, C 15 alkynylene, C 16 alkynylene, C 17 alkynylene, C 18 alkynylene, C 19 alkynylene, C 20 alkynylene, C 21 alkynylene, C 22 alkynylene, C 23 alkynylene, C 24 alkynylene, C 25 alkynylene, C 26 alkynylene, C 27 alkynylene, C 28 alkynylene, C 29 alkynylene or C 30 alkynylene
- Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(O)-M-, -C(R 4a )(R 4b )-M-, -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) n C(O)-M-, -C(R 4a )(R 4b )C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) n -M-, -(CH 2 ) m C(R 4a )(R 4b )(CH 2 ) n C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) m C(O)-M-, and -(CH 2 ) m C(R 4a )(R 4b )(CH 2 ) n C(R 5a )(R 5b )(CH 2 ) m -M-,
- Z is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R 4a )C(O)-M-, -CH(R 4a )-M-, -CH(R 4a )CH(R 5a )C(O)-M-, -CH(R 4a )CH(R 5a )(CH 2 ) n C(O)-M-, -CH(R 4a )CH(R 5a )(CH 2 ) n -M-, and -C(R 4a )(R 4b )(CH 2 ) n C(R 5a )(R 5b )C(O)-M-, wherein either side of Z may be attached to Agent.
- 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R 8 -. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -O-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -NR-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -OC(O)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(O)O-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(O)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(O)-.
- 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S(O)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S(O) 2 -. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(S)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -OS(O) 2 -. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S(O) 2 O-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -N(R)S(O) 2 -.
- 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S(O) 2 NR-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -N(R)C(O)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(O)NR-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -OC(O)NR-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -N(R)C(O)O-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by an amino acid. [0128] In some embodiments, the amino acid may be naturally-occurring or non-naturally occurring.
- the amino acid is an L-amino acid. In some embodiments, the amino acid is a D-amino acid.
- Amino acids include, but are not limited to glycine, alanine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, tyrosine, lysine, serine, threonine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan, asparagine, glutamine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, arginine, histidine, cysteine, and selenocysteine.
- the amino acid is selected
- Z is a bivalent C 1-25 , C 5-25 , C 7-25 , or C 1-20 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups selected from deuterium, halogen, -CN, a 3-8 membered carbocycle, C 6-10 aryl, a 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, a 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, or a C 1-6 aliphatic group optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 deuterium or halogen atoms; wherein 0-4 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, or -C(O)-; and 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
- each -R 8 - is independently an optionally substituted bivalent C 3-6 carbocycle. In some embodiments, each -R 8 - is independently an optionally substituted bivalent C 6-10 aryl. In some embodiments, each -R 8 - is independently an optionally substituted bivalent 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In some embodiments, each -R 8 - is independently an optionally substituted bivalent 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
- each -R 8 - is independently a bivalent group selected from the group consisting of a C 3-6 carbocycle, a C 6-10 aryl, a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1- 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- each -R 8 - is independently a bivalent C 3-6 carbocycle.
- each -R 8 - is independently a bivalent C 6-10 aryl.
- each -R 8 - is independently a bivalent substituted 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In some embodiments, each -R 8 - is independently a bivalent substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
- R 4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R 9 , and -R 10 .
- R 4a is hydrogen.
- R 4a is deuterium.
- R 4a is halogen.
- R 4a is -CN.
- R 4a is -OR.
- R 4a is -NR 2 .
- R 4a is -SR.
- R 4a is -R 9 .
- R 4a is -R 10 .
- R 4b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR 2 , -SR, -R 9 , and -R 10 .
- R 4b is hydrogen.
- R 4b is deuterium.
- R 4b is halogen.
- R 4b is -CN.
- R 4b is -OR.
- R 4b is -NR2.
- R 4b is -SR.
- R 4b is -R 9 .
- R 4b is -R 10 .
- each of R 4a and R 4b is independently hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, or C 1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1- 6 deuterium or halogen atoms; or R 4a and R 4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- R 5a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR 2 , -SR, -R 9 , and -R 10 .
- R 5a is hydrogen.
- R 5a is deuterium.
- R 5a is halogen.
- R 5a is -CN. In some embodiments, R 5a is -OR. In some embodiments, R 5a is -NR 2 . In some embodiments, R 5a is -SR. In some embodiments, R 5a is -R 9 . In some embodiments, R 5a is -R 10 .
- R 5b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR 2 , -SR, -R 9 , and -R 10 .
- R 5b is hydrogen.
- R 5b is deuterium.
- R 5b is halogen.
- R 5b is -CN.
- R 5b is -OR.
- R 5b is -NR2.
- R 5b is -SR.
- R 5b is -R 9 .
- R 5b is -R 10 .
- each of R 5a and R 5b is independently hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, or C 1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms; or R 5a and R 5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- each of R 4a , R 4b , R 5a and R 5b is independently hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms.
- At least one instance of R 4a and R 4b is not hydrogen.
- At least one instance of R 5a and R 5b is not hydrogen.
- R 4a and R 4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- R 4a and R 4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3-6 carbocycle.
- R 4a and R 4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- R 5a and R 5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- R 5a and R 5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3-6 carbocycle.
- R 5a and R 5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
- R 9 is a 3-8 membered carbocycle. In some embodiments, R 9 is a C 6-10 aryl. In some embodiments, R 9 is a 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In some embodiments, R 9 is a 5-10 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
- each of R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, or -R 9 , wherein said C 1-6 aliphatic is optionally and additionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms.
- R 10 is an unsubstituted C 1-6 aliphatic.
- R 10 is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 -CN.
- R 10 is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6
- R 10 is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 -NR 2 . In some embodiments, R 10 is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 -SR. In some embodiments, R 10 is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 -R 9 . In some embodiments, R 10 is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 deuterium. In some embodiments, R 10 is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 halogen.
- -M- is a cleavable moiety.
- the cleavable moiety is a self-immolative moiety.
- -M- is selected from the group consisting of an acetal, an o- benzyl alcohol, a p-benzylalcohol, a styryl group, a coumarin, and a group that self-immolates via a cyclization reaction.
- -M- is selected from the group consisting of a disulfide, hydrazone, acetal self-immolative group, carboxyacetal self-immolative moiety, carboxy(methylacetal) self-immolative moiety, para-hydroxybenzyl carbonyl self- immolative moieties, flipped ester self-immolative moiety, trimethyl lock, or 2- hydroxyphenyl carbamate (2-HPC) self-immolative moiety.
- -M- is selected from the group consisting of :
- each R 6a and R 6b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, Ci-io aliphatic, halogen, or -CN; each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR 2 , -NO 2 , -SR, -R 9 , or -R 10 ; each Z 1 is independently selected from the group consisting -O-, -NR-, or -S-; each Z 2 is independently selected from the group consisting -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-,
- each Z 3 is independently selected from -O-, -NR-, -S-, -C(R 6a )(R 6b )-, or a covalent bond.
- R 6a is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 6a is deuterium. In some embodiments, R 6a is C 1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R 6a is C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 6a is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R 6a is methyl. In some embodiments, R 6a is ethyl. In some embodiments, R 6a is propyl. In some embodiments, R 6a is isopropyl. In some embodiments, R 6a is halogen. In some embodiments, R 6a is -CN.
- R 6b is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 6b is deuterium. In some embodiments, R 6b is C 1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R 6b is C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 6b is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R 6b is methyl. In some embodiments, R 6b is ethyl. In some embodiments, R 6b is propyl. In some embodiments, R 6b is isopropyl. In some embodiments, R 6b is halogen. In some embodiments, R 6b is -CN.
- each instance of R 6a is the same. In some embodiments, each instance of R 6b is the same. In some embodiments, each instance of R 6a and R 6b is the same. In some embodiments, each instance of R 6a is different. In some embodiments, each instance of R 6b is different. In some embodiments, each instance of R 6a and R 6b is different.
- each R 7 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each R 7 is deuterium. In some embodiments, each R 7 is halogen. In some embodiments, each R 7 is -CN. In some embodiments, each R 7 is -OR. In some embodiments, each R 7 is -NR2. In some embodiments, each R 7 is -NO2. In some embodiments, each R 7 is - SR. In some embodiments, each R 7 is -R 9 . In some embodiments, each R 7 is -R 10 .
- Z 1 is -O-. In some embodiments, Z 1 is -NR-. In some embodiments, Z 1 is -S-. In some embodiments, Z 1 is -NH- or -NMe-.
- Z 2 is -O-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -NR-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -S-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -OC(O)-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -N(R)C(O)O-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -OC(O)NR-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -NH-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -NMe-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -NHC(O)O-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -NMeC(O)O-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -OC(O)NH-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is -OC(O)NMe-. In some embodiments, Z 2 is covalently bound to A.
- each Z 3 is independently selected from -O-, -NR-, -S-, -C(R 6a )(R 6b )-, or a covalent bond.
- Z 4 is -O-.
- Z 3 is -NR-.
- Z 3 is -S-.
- Z 3 is -C(R 6a )(R 6b )-.
- Z 3 is a covalent bond.
- -M- is selected from tthe group consisting of:
- -M- is selected from the group consisting of:
- -M- is selected from the group consisiting of: either side of M may be attached to Agent.
- -M- is selected from the group constisting of:
- n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3. In some embodiments, n is 4. In some embodiments, n is 5. In some embodiments, n is 6. In some embodiments, n is 7. In some embodiments, n is 8. In some embodiments, n is 9. In some embodiments, n is 10. In some embodiments, n is 11. In some embodiments, n is 12. In some embodiments, n is 13. In some embodiments, n is 14. In some embodiments, n is 15. In some embodiments, n is 16. In some embodiments, n is 17. In some embodiments, n is 18.
- m is 0. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, m is 3. In some embodiments, m is 4. In some embodiments, m is 5. In some embodiments, m is 6. In some embodiments, each m is independently 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, each m is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 2.
- Agent is any one of Agent Nos. 1-14, deuterated variants thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, Agent is any one of Agent Nos. 15-20 or 23-27, deuterated variants thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, Agent is any one of Agent Nos. 21 or 22, deuterated variants thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or combinations thereof.
- Formula (I) means that either one or two moieties may be covalently attached to the Agent.
- the attachment of to the Agent may be at any available modifiable nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom in the Agent.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (II): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (III): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , X, Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (IV): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of X, Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (V): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 3 , X, Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (VI): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of X, Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (VII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , X, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (VIII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 3 , p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (IX): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , X, M, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of of Formula (X): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 5a , M, X, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XI): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 5a , X, n, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , X, M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XIII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XIV): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XV): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 5a , M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XVI): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 5a , M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XVII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XVIII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XIX): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , p and
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XX): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXI): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , M, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 5a , R 5b , M, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXIII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , M, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXIV): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , p, and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXV): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R 1 , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5a , R 5b , M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXVI): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of p and Agent are as defined herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXVII): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of p and Agent are as defined herein.
- a range of 0-1 includes 0 and 1.
- the range of 0-4 includes 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4.
- the range 1-18 includes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18. Where more than one range is disclosed in a formula, each range is independently and optionally selected from the disclosed range.
- the disclosure provides any one of Compounds 1-2201 shown in any one of Table 2, Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, Table 6, Table 7, Table 8, Table 9, Table 10, Table 10, Table 11, Table 12, Table 13, Table 14, Table 15, Table 16, Table 17, Table 18, Table 19, Table 20, Table 21, Table 22, Table 23, Table 24, Table 25, Table 26, Table 27, Table 28, Table 29, Table 30, Table 31, or Table 32, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any one of Compounds 1-2201, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound is selected from any one of Compounds 1-2201.
- the compound is selected from a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of Compounds 1-2201.
- the compound is selected from a deuterated variant of any one of Compounds 1-2201.
- the compound is selected from a deuterated variant of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of Compounds 1-2201.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 2, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 3, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 4, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 5, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 5
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 6, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 7, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 8, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 8
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 9, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 10, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 11, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 11
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 12, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 13, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 14, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 14
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 15, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 16, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 17, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 17
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 18, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 19, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 20, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 20
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 21, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 21
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 22, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 23, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 23
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 24, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 25, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 26, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 26
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 27, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 28, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 29, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 30, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 31, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
- the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 32, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 32
- the disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compounds (e.g., compounds of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI), (XVII), (XVIII), (XIX), (XX), (XXI), (XXII), (XXIII), (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXII), (XXXIII), (XXIV), (XXXV), (XXXVI), (XXVII), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXXIX), (XXX), (XXI), (XXII), (XXIII), (XXIV), (XXXV), (XXVI),
- the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of the present disclosure is provided in an effective amount in the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of the present disclosure is provided in a therapeutically effective amount. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- compositions provided herein can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, parenteral, rectal, transdermal, intradermal, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal.
- the amount of the compound administered to the subject is typically determined by a physician, in the light of relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the route of administration, the actual compound to be administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual subject, the severity of the subject’s symptoms, and the like.
- the compounds provided herein are administered to a subject at risk for developing the disease, condition or disorder, typically on the advice and under the supervision of a physician, and at the dosages described herein.
- Subjects at risk for developing a particular condition include, but are not limited to, those having a family history of the condition, or those who have been identified by a screening or evaluation method to be particularly susceptible to developing the condition.
- compositions provided herein may also be administered chronically (“chronic administration”).
- Chronic administration refers to administration of a compound or pharmaceutical composition thereof over an extended period of time, e.g., for example, over 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 5 years, etc., or indefinitely (e.g., for the rest of the subject’s life).
- the pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure is formulated for oral administration to a subject.
- the compositions for oral administration can take the form of bulk liquid solutions or suspensions, or bulk powders. More commonly, however, the compositions are presented in unit dosage forms to facilitate accurate dosing.
- unit dosage forms refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
- Typical unit dosage forms include prefilled, premeasured ampules or syringes of the liquid compositions or pills, tablets, capsules or the like in the case of solid compositions.
- the compound is usually a minor component (from about 0.1 to about 50% by weight or preferably from about 1 to about 40% by weight) with the remainder being various vehicles or carriers and processing aids helpful for forming the desired dosing form.
- each dose typically, one to five doses (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 doses) per day are representative regimens. Using these dosing patterns, each dose provides from about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg of the compound provided herein.
- Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include a suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle with buffers, suspending and dispensing agents, colorants, flavors and the like.
- Solid forms may include, for example, any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
- an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
- the pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure is formulated for oral administration to a subject as a lipid-based formulation.
- Lipid-based formulations for oral administration are known in the art and typically include one or more lipid components which may be classified according to the Lipid Formulation Classification System (LFCS).
- LFCS Lipid Formulation Classification System
- Examples of lipid formulations that may be used in the lipid formulations disclosed herein include the Type I, Type II, Type, III and Type IV formulations per the LFCS classification system. (Pouton, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 11 (Supp 2), S93-S98, 2000; Pouton, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 29 278-287, 2006).
- the lipid-based pharmaceutical compositions may contain any one or more of oils or lipids, surfactants, co-surfactants, co-emulsifiers, cosolvents, antioxidants and/or solidifying agents.
- the lipid-based pharmaceutical compositions may be chosen formulated to provide for sustained release of the active in the gastrointestinal tract in order to control the rate of absorption. These methodologies and formulations are known in the art. See, e.g., Mishra, Handbook of Encapsulation and Controlled Release, CRC Press, Boca Raton, (2016); Wilson and Crowley Controlled Release in Oral Drug Delivery, Springer, NY (2011); Wise, Handbook of Pharmaceutical Controlled Release Technology, Marcel Dekker, NY, (2000). [0236] Injectable compositions are typically based upon injectable sterile saline or phosphate-buffered saline or other injectable carriers known in the art.
- the active compound in such compositions is typically a minor component, often being from about 0.05 to 10% by weight with the remainder being the injectable carrier and the like.
- injectable compositions can be sterilized, e.g., by filtration, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
- Transdermal doses are generally selected to provide similar or lower blood levels than are achieved using injection doses.
- Transdermal compositions are typically formulated as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s), generally in an amount ranging from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 10% by weight, and more preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight.
- the active ingredients When formulated as an ointment, the active ingredients will typically be combined with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with, for example an oil-in-water cream base.
- Such transdermal formulations are well-known in the art and generally include additional ingredients to enhance the dermal penetration of stability of the active ingredients or the formulation.
- transdermal administration can be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir or porous membrane type, or of a solid matrix variety.
- the present disclosure also relates to the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt of a compound or Agent as disclosed herein.
- the acid which may be used to prepare the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is that which forms a non-toxic acid addition salt, i.e., a salt containing pharmacologically acceptable anions such as the hydrochloride, hydroiodide, hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, tartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, benzoate, para-toluenesulfonate, and the like.
- a non-toxic acid addition salt i.e., a salt containing pharmacologically acceptable anions such as the hydrochloride, hydroiodide, hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, tartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, benzoate, para-tol
- the present disclosure also provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, e.g., a composition suitable for injection, such as for intravenous (IV) administration, or for oral administration.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g., a composition suitable for injection, such as for intravenous (IV) administration, or for oral administration.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include any and all diluents or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, preservatives, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired, e.g., injection, oral, etc.
- General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions agents can be found, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Sixteenth Edition, E. W. Martin (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1980), and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005).
- the present disclosure also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a cyclodextrin derivative.
- cyclodextrins are a-, - and y- cyclodextrins consisting of 6, 7 and 8 a-1 ,4-linked glucose units, respectively, optionally comprising one or more substituents on the linked sugar moieties, which include, but are not limited to, methylated, hydroxyalkylated, acylated, and sulfoalkylether substitution.
- the cyclodextrin is a sulfoalkyl ether 0-cyclodextrin, e.g., for example, sulfobutyl ether 0-cyclodextrin, also known as Captisol®. See, e.g., U.S.
- the formulation comprises hexapropyl- 0 -cyclodextrin. In a more particular embodiment, the formulation comprises hexapropyl- 0 -cyclodextrin (10-50% in water).
- the compounds provided herein can be administered as the sole active agent, or they can be administered in combination with other active agents.
- the present invention provides a combination of a compound of the present invention and another pharmacologically active agent. Administration in combination can proceed by any technique apparent to those of skill in the art including, for example, separate, sequential, concurrent, and alternating administration.
- the compounds of this disclosure can also be administered in sustained release forms or from sustained release drug delivery systems.
- sustained release materials can be found in Remington ’s Pharmaceutical Sciences.
- the disclosure provides compounds (e.g., a compound of Formulae (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI), (XVII), (XVIII), (XIX), (XX), (XXI), (XXII), (XXIII), (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXII), (XXXIII), (XXIV), (XXXV), (XXXVI), (XXVII), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXXIX), (XXXI), (XXI), (XXII), (XXIII), (XXIV), (XXXV), (XXXVI), (XXVII), (X
- a target site e.g., lymph, lymphocytes, lymphoid tissues, tissues with high lipase activity, the liver, the systemic circulation, brain.
- the compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof disclosed herein are useful for transporting and releasing an Agent as disclosed hereinat at a target tissue by avoiding first pass metabolism.
- the compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof disclosed herein are useful for improving the bioavailability and other pharmacokinetic characteristics of an Agent as disclosed herein.
- the compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as disclosed herein is delivered to the central nervous system (CNS).
- the compouds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as disclosed herein crosses the blood-brain barrier (BBB) via the lymphatic system.
- the compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as disclosed herein are cleaved releasing an Agent as disclosed herein, after the compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as disclosed herein reaches the target tissue.
- the Agent is released when the cleavable linker is cleaved.
- the compounds, Agents, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, deuterated variants, or combinations thereof described herein are generally designed to penetrate the blood brain barrier (e.g., designed to be transported across the blood brain barrier).
- the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof of the present disclosure is a positive allosteric modulator (PAM) of NMD A receptors and activates NMD A receptor function.
- PAM positive allosteric modulator
- the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof of the present disclosure is a negative allosteric modulator (NAM) of an NMDA receptor and inhibits NMDA receptor function.
- the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof is a neutral allosteric ligands (NALs) of NMDA receptors, which binds at allosteric sites and block the effects of a PAM and/or NAM of an NMDA receptor.
- NALs neutral allosteric ligands
- the disclosure provides a method for effecting allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein.
- the method is for effecting positive allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the method is for effecting negative allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the method comprises binding an NMDA receptor at an allosteric site with a compound disclosed herein and blocking the effects of an allosteric NMDA modulator (i.e., PAM and/or NAM) in a subject.
- an allosteric NMDA modulator i.e., PAM and/or NAM
- the disclosure provides a method for treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein.
- treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- the disclosure provides a method for treating a CNS-related condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein.
- the disclosure provides a method for preventing a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein.
- preventing the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- preventing the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- the disclosure provides a method for preventing a CNS-related condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein.
- the disclosure provides a method for inducing sedation or anesthesia in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein.
- the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein for use in effecting allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition is for use in effecting positive allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition is for use in effecting negative allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in treating a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in treating a CNS-related condition in a subject.
- the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in preventing a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, preventing the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, preventing the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. [0263] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in preventing a CNS-related condition in a subject.
- the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in inducing sedation or anesthesia in a subject.
- the disclosure provides the use of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for effecting allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the medicament is for effecting positive allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the medicament is for effecting negative allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
- the disclosure provides the use of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- the disclosure provides the use of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a CNS-related condition in a subject.
- the disclosure provides the use of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- the medicament is for preventing a disease, disorder, or condition requiring positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- the medicament is for preventing a disease, disorder, or condition requiring negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
- the disclosure provides the use compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a CNS-related condition in a subject.
- the disclosure provides the use of compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for inducing sedation or anesthesia in a subject.
- the method of treating a disease, disorder or condition comprises administering a compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents.
- the one or more additional therapeutic agent is administered simultaneously with the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure.
- the one or more additional therapeutic agent and the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure are administered sequentially.
- the one or more additional therapeutic agent is administered prior to the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure.
- the one or more additional therapeutic agent is administered after the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure.
- Exemplary CNS conditions related to positive allosteric modulation of NMD A receptors include, but are not limited to, an adjustment disorder, an anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), a cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), a dissociative disorder, an eating disorder, a mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or another psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder and post-partum psychosis), a sleep disorder (including insomnia), a substance-related disorder, a personality disorder (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder), an autism spectrum disorder (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins), multiple sclerosis, a neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, pain (including acute and chronic pain), a metabolic encephalopathies (including phenylketoneuria), an encephalopathy secondary to
- Exemplary CNS conditions related to negative allosteric modulation of NMDA receptors include, but are not limited to, adjustment disorders, stress or stress disorders (including post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)), anxiety disorders (including obsessive- compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, social phobia, social anxiety disorder, and generalized anxiety disorder), cognitive disorders (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia (e.g., frontotemporal dementia), as well as attention disorders such as attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD)), eating disorders, mood disorders (including depression (e.g., postpartum depression), bipolar disorder, dysthymic disorder, suicidality), schizophrenia spectrum disorders (e.g., schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder), psychotic disorders, sleep disorders (including insomnia), substance abuse-related disorders and/or withdrawal syndromes (e.g., addiction to opiates, cocaine, and/or alcohol), personality disorders (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder (OCD)), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank
- Exemplary CNS conditions related to positive allosteric modulation of NMDA receptors include, but are not limited to, an adjustment disorder, an anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), a cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), a dissociative disorder, an eating disorder, a mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or another psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder and post-partum psychosis), a sleep disorder (including insomnia), a substance-related disorder, a personality disorder (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder), an autism spectrum disorder (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins), multiple sclerosis, a neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, pain (including acute and chronic pain), a metabolic encephalopathies (including phenylketoneuria), an encephalopathy secondary to
- Exemplary CNS conditions related to negative allosteric modulation of NMDA receptors include, but are not limited to, adjustment disorders, stress or stress disorders (including post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)), anxiety disorders (including obsessive- compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, social phobia, social anxiety disorder, and generalized anxiety disorder), cognitive disorders (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia (e.g., frontotemporal dementia), as well as attention disorders such as attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD)), eating disorders, mood disorders (including depression (e.g., postpartum depression), bipolar disorder, dysthymic disorder, suicidality), schizophrenia spectrum disorders (e.g., schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder), psychotic disorders, sleep disorders (including insomnia), substance abuse-related disorders and/or withdrawal syndromes (e.g., addiction to opiates, cocaine, and/or alcohol), personality disorders (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder (OCD)), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank
- the disclosure provides a dosing regimen lymphatic uptake, metabolism, and release of the Agent.
- the dose of the compound may be adjusted so as to provide the desired plasma or lymphatic system concentration of the Agent.
- the dose of the compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of the disclosure is selected such that when said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to the subject, it provides, upon lymphatic uptake, metabolism, and release of the Agent, a desired, effective concentration or dose of Agent to treat a disease, disorder, or condition disclosed herein.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614- 616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750- 1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of Agent No.
- Agent No e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614- 616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 0.3 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679- 1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 0.6 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401- 403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608- 1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 0.9 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969- 971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034- 2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 1.2 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188- 190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963- 1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 1.5 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 1.8 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679- 1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 2.1 mg of Agent No. 18.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614- 616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750- 1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 0.3 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679- 1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 0.6 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969- 971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034- 2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 0.9 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 1.2 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679- 1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 1.5 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969- 971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034- 2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 1.8 mg of Agent No.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 2.1 mg of Agent No. 18.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616,
- the absolute configuration of an asymmetric center elucidated by the X-ray crystal structure of a compound can be used to infer the absolute configuration of a corresponding asymmetric center in another compound obtained from the same or similar synthetic methodologies.
- the absolute configuration of an asymmetric center elucidated by the X-ray crystal structure of a compound can be used to infer the absolute configuration of a corresponding asymmetric center in another compound coupled with a spectroscopic technique, e.g., NMR spectroscopy, e.g., J H NMR spectroscopy or 19 F NMR spectroscopy.
- CSA Camphorsulphonic acid
- DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
- DCM dichloromethane
- DCC Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
- TBS t-Butyldimethylsilyl
- MeOH Methanol
- EtOAc Ethyl Acetate
- ACN Acetonitrile
- AgOTf Silver trifluoromethanesulfonate
- DCE 1,2-Dichloroethane
- THF Tetrahydrofuran
- TBAF Tetra-n- butylammonium fluoride
- DMP Dess-Martin Periodinane.
- the compounds provided herein can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization.
- the compounds provided herein may be isolated and purified by known standard procedures. Such procedures include (but are not limited to) recrystallization, column chromatography, HPLC, or supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC). The following schemes are presented with details as to the preparation of representative compounds that have been disclosed herein.
- the compounds provided herein may be prepared from known or commercially available starting materials and reagents by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
- Exemplary chiral columns available for use in the separation/purification of the enantiomers/diastereomers provided herein include, but are not limited to, CHIRALPAK® AD- 10, CHIRALCEL® OB, CHIRALCEL® OB-H, CHIRALCEL® OD, CHIRALCEL® OD-H, CHIRALCEL® OF, CHIRALCEL® OG, CHIRALCEL® OJ and CHIRALCEL® OK.
- 1H-NMR reported herein (e.g., for the region between 5 (ppm) of about 0.5 to about 4 ppm) will be understood to be an exemplary interpretation of the NMR spectrum (e.g., exemplary peak integrations) of a compound.
- Exemplary general method for preparative HPLC Column: Waters RB ridge prep 10 pm Cl 8, 19*250 mm. Mobile phase: acetonitrile, water (NH4HCO3) (30 L water, 24 g NH4HCO3, 30 mL NH 3 .H2O). Flow rate: 25 mL/min.
- Exemplary general method for analytical HPLC Mobile phase: A: water (10 mM NH4HCO3, B: acetonitrile Gradient: 5%-95% B in 1.6 or 2 min Flow rate: 1.8 or 2 mL/min; Column: XBridge Cl 8, 4.6*50mm, 3.5 pm at 45 C.
- AD_3_EtOH_DEA_5_40_25ML would indicate: “Column: Chiralpak AD-3
- Example 1 Exemplary general method for the synthesis of a compound of the disclosure:
- PG protecting group.
- Carboxylic acids of formula (i) which can be prepared according to procedures know in the art, are dissolved in dichloromethane, treated with di-methylaminopyridine followed by addition of the Agent. If the Agent comprises two hydroxyl groups, one of the hydroxyl groups is protected and only the free hydroxyl group will react with the carboxylic acid of formula (ii) to form a compound of formula (iii). See Panel A. If neither of the hydroxyl groups of the Agent are protected, both can react with two equivalents of the carboxylic acid of formula (i), to form a compound of formula (iv). See Panel B.
- Step 2 Synthesis of Compound 293 [0325] To a solution of Compound G-3 (700 mg, 665 pmol) in THF (30.0 mL) was added
- Step 1 Synthesis of Compound 1-3
- Step 2 Synthesis of Compound 222
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The disclosure provides lymphatic system-targeting compounds of Formula (I), and pharmceutically acceptable salts thereof, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and and methods of treating various conditions associated with NMDA receptor modulation.
Description
LYMPHATIC SYSTEM-TARGETING COMPOUNDS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to and the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/463,540, filed May 2, 2023, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/631,365, filed April 8, 2024, the disclosure of each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
[0002] NMD A receptors are highly expressed in the CNS and are involved in excitatory synaptic transmission. Activating these receptors contributes to synaptic plasticity in some circumstances and exci totoxi city in others. These receptors are ligand-gated ion channels that admit Ca2+ after binding of the neurotransmitters glutamate and glycine, and are fundamental to excitatory neurotransmission and normal CNS function. NMDA receptors are heteromeric complexes comprised ofNRl, NR2, and/or NR3 subunits and possess distinct recognition sites for exogenous and endogenous ligands. These recognition sites include binding sites for glycine, and glutamate agonists and modulators. Positive modulators may be useful as therapeutic agents with potential clinical uses as cognitive enhancers and in the treatment of psychiatric disorders in which glutamatergic transmission is reduced or defective (see, e.g., Horak et al., J. Neuroscience, 2004, 24(46), 10318-10325). In contrast, negative modulators may be useful as therapeutic agents with potential clinical uses in the treatment of psychiatric disorders in which glutamatergic transmission is pathologically increased (e.g., treatment resistant depression).
[0003] The lymphatic system is a network of vessels, organs (e.g., bone marrow, thymus, lymph nodes and spleen) and tissues distributed throughout the body that work together to move lymphatic fluid back into the circulatory system. The lymphatic system has several key
functions including transporting immune cells, collecting excess fluid from the body’s tissues and returning it to the bloodstream, filtering out waste products and abnormal cells, absorbing dietary lipids, and tumor metastasis. These features of the lymphatic system have made it a desirable approach for improving drug delivery to target organs. For example, drug delivery via the lymphatic system has several major advantages, including circumventing first-pass metabolism in the liver and targeting drugs to tissues via the lymphatic system (e.g., certain types of cancer and human immunodeficiency virus). Lipid-based therapeutics have unique characteristics that make them promising candidates for enhanced lymphatic delivery.
[0004] Therefore, there remains a need to develop therapeutics that facilitate the delivery of NMD A receptor modulators via the lymphatic system for treating CNS conditions. The compounds, compositions and methods described herein are directed toward this end.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0005] Described herein are compounds of Formula (I), pharmaceutical compositions comprising them and methods of use thereof. Also described herein is the use of pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with NMDA receptor modulation. Further described herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of Formula (I) for use in treating diseases or conditions associated with NMDA receptor modulation.
[0006] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0007] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier thereof.
[0008] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of modulating an NMDA receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0009] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject,
comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
[0010] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in modulating an NMDA receptor in a subject.
[0011] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in modulating an NMDA receptor in a subject.
[0012] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
[0013] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
[0014] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides the use of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for allosterically modulating an NMDA receptor.
[0015] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides the use of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
General Definitions
[0016] The term “herein” means the entire application.
[0017] Unless otherwise defined herein, scientific and technical terms used in this application shall have the meanings that are commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. Generally, nomenclature used in connection with the compounds, composition and methods described herein, are those well-known and commonly used in the art.
[0018] It should be understood that any of the embodiments described herein, including those described under different embodiments of the disclosure and different parts of the specification (including embodiments described only in the Examples) can be combined with one or more other embodiments of the disclosure, unless explicitly disclaimed or improper. Combination of embodiments are not limited to those specific combinations claimed via the
multiple dependent claims. For example, any claim that is dependent on another claim can be modified to include one or more limitations found in any other claim that is dependent on the same base claim. Where elements are presented as lists, e.g., in Markush group format, each subgroup of the elements is also disclosed, and any element(s) can be removed from the group.
[0019] Throughout this specification, the word “comprise” or variations such as “comprises” or “comprising” will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer (or components) or group of integers (or components), but not the exclusion of any other integer (or components) or group of integers (or components).
[0020] Throughout the specification, where compositions are described as having, including, or comprising (or variations thereof), specific components, it is contemplated that compositions also may consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited components.
Similarly, where methods or processes are described as having, including, or comprising specific process steps, the processes also may consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited processing steps. Further, it should be understood that the order of steps or order for performing certain actions is immaterial so long as the compositions and methods described herein remains operable. Moreover, two or more steps or actions can be conducted simultaneously.
[0021] The term “including,” as used herein, means “including but not limited to.” “Including” and “including but not limited to” are used interchangeably. Thus, these terms will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer (or components) or group of integers (or components), but not the exclusion of any other integer (or components) or group of integers (or components).
[0022] As used herein, “about” or “approximately” means within an acceptable error range for the particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which will depend in part on how the value is measured or determined, i.e., the limitations of the measurement system.
[0023] The use of the terms “a” and “an” and “the” and similar referents in the context of describing the elements (especially in the context of the following claims) are to be construed to cover both the singular and the plural, unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by context.
[0024] The term “or” as used herein should be understood to mean “and/or,” unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
[0025] Recitation of ranges of values herein are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range and including the endpoints, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., “such as”) provided herein, is intended merely to better illuminate the embodiments and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the claims unless otherwise stated. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential.
[0026] All of the publications, patents and published patent applications referred to in this application are specifically incorporated by reference herein. In case of conflict, the present specification, including its specific definitions, will control. In addition, any particular embodiment of the present disclosure that falls within the prior art may be explicitly excluded from any one or more of the claims. Because such embodiments are deemed to be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, they may be excluded even if the exclusion is not set forth explicitly herein. Any particular embodiment of the disclosure can be excluded from any claim, for any reason, whether or not related to the existence of prior art.
Chemical Definitions
[0027] Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are described in more detail below. The chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed., inside cover, and specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as well as specific functional moieties and reactivity, are described in Thomas Sorrell, Organic Chemistry, University Science Books, Sausalito, 1999; Smith and March, March ’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2001; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; and Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
[0028] Compounds described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various isomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers. For example, the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer. Isomers, e.g., stereoisomers, can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the
art, including chiral high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques el al.. Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen etal., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw-Hill, NY, 1962); and Wilen, Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (E.L. Eliel, Ed., Univ, of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN 1972). The disclosure additionally encompasses compounds described herein as individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, and alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
[0029] Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “isomers.” Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers.” Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers.” When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively). A chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a “racemic mixture.”
[0030] As used herein, a pure enantiomeric compounds substantially free from other enantiomers or stereoisomers of the compound (i.e., in enantiomeric excess). In other words, an “S” form of the compounds substantially free from the “R” form of the compound and is, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the “R” form. The term “enantiomerically pure” or “pure enantiomer” denotes that the compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than 91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than 98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight or more than 99.9% by weight, of the enantiomer. In certain embodiments, the weights are based upon total weight of all enantiomers or stereoisomers of
the compound. As used herein, the term “diastereomeric purity” refers to the amount of a compound having the depicted absolute stereochemistry, expressed as a percentage of the total amount of the depicted compound and its diastereomers. The term “diastereomerically pure” denotes that the compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than 91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than 98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight or more than 99.9% by weight, of the diastereomer. Methods for determining diastereomeric and enantiomeric purity are well-known in the art. Diastereomeric purity can be determined by any analytical method capable of quantitatively distinguishing between a compound and its diastereomers, such as high- performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or supercritical fluid chromatograph (SFC). [0031] In the compositions provided herein, an enantiomerically pure compound can be present with other active or inactive ingredients. For example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure (R)-position/center/carbon compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure (R)-compound. In certain embodiments, the enantiomerically pure (R)-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight (A)-compound and at most about 5% by weight (S)-compound, by total weight of the compound. For example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure (S)-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure (S)-compound. In certain embodiments, the enantiomerically pure (S)-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight (S)-compound and at most about 5% by weight (R)-compound, by total weight of the compound. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient can be formulated with little or no excipient or carrier.
[0032] Compounds described herein may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D or deuterium), and 3H (T or tritium); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
[0033] When a range of values is listed, it is intended to encompass each value and sub- range within the range. For example, “C1-6 alkyl” is intended to encompass, C1, C2, C3, C4,
C5, C6, C1-6, C1-5, C1-4, C1-3, C1-2, C2-6, C2-5, C2-4, C2-3, C3-6, C3-5, C3-4, C4-6, C4-5, and C5-6 alkyl.
[0034] The following terms are intended to have the meanings presented therewith below and are useful in understanding the description and intended scope of the present disclosure. It should also be understood that when described herein any of the moieties defined herein may be substituted with a variety of substituents, and that the respective definitions are intended to include such substituted moieties within their scope as set out below. Unless otherwise stated, the term “substituted” is to be defined as set out below. It should be further understood that the terms “groups” and “radicals” can be considered interchangeable when used herein.
[0035] “Aliphatic” refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or carbocyclyl group, as defined herein. A “bivalent aliphatic” refers to a bivalent radical of an alkyl (i.e., alkylene), alkenyl (i.e., alkenylene), alkynyl (i.e., alkynylene), or carbocyclyl group.
[0036] “Alkyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group comprising from 1 to 50 carbon atoms (“C1-50 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“ C1-2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“ C1-3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“ C1-4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“ C1-5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1-6 alkyl”), and so on. Examples of C1-6 alkyl groups include methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), isopropyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (C5), 3-pentanyl (C5), amyl (C5), neopentyl (C5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C5), tertiary amyl (C5), and n-hexyl (C6). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more substituents; e.g., for instance from 1 to 4 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent. Common alkyl abbreviations include Me (-CH3), Et (-CH2CH3), iPr (- CH(CH3)2), nPr (-CH2CH2CH3), n-Bu (-CH2CH2CH2CH3), or i-Bu (-CH2CH(CH3)2).
[0037] As used herein, “alkylene,” “alkenylene,” “alkynylene,” “heteroalkylene,” “heteroalkenylene,” and “heteroalkynylene,” refer to a bivalent radical of an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl group, respectively. When a range or number of carbons is provided for a particular “alkylene,” “alkenylene,” “alkynylene,” “heteroalkylene,” “heteroalkenylene,” or “heteroalkynylene,” group, it is understood that the range or number refers to the range or number of carbons in the linear carbon bivalent chain.
“Alkylene,” “alkenylene,” “alkynylene,” “heteroalkylene,” “heteroalkenylene,” and “heteroalkynylene” groups may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents as described herein.
[0038] “Alkylene” or “alkylene group” refers to an alkyl group wherein two hydrogens are removed to provide a bivalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Unsubstituted alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), butylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2-), pentylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-), hexylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-), and the like. Exemplary substituted alkylene groups, e.g., substituted with one or more halo, -NO2, -OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkyl (e.g., methyl) groups, including but not limited to, substituted methylene (-CH(CH3)-, (-C(CH3)2-), substituted ethylene (-CH(CH3)CH2-,-CH2CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2CH2-, -CH2C(CH3)2-), substituted propylene (-CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH2CH2CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2CH2CH2-, -CH2C(CH3)2CH2-, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2-), or C1-C6 cycloalkyl, and the like. Alkylene abbreviations include, but are not limited to, -(CH(CH3))-, -(CH(CH2CH3))-, -(CH(CH2CH2CH3))-, -(CH(CH2CH2 CH2CH3))-, -(CH2CH(CH2CH2 CH2CH3))-, -(CH2CH2CH(CH2CH2CH2CH3))-, -(CH(CH3)CH2)-, -(CH(CH3)CH2CH2)-, -(CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2)-, -(CH2CH(CH3)CH2)-, -(CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2)-, and -(CH2CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2)-.
[0039] “Alkenyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group comprising from 2 to 50 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds), and optionally one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon triple bonds) (“C2-50 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, alkenyl does not contain any triple bonds. In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2-3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2-4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“ C2-5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“ C2-6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2-7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2-8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2-9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2-10 alkenyl”), and so on. The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butenyl). Examples of C2-4 alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C2), 1-propenyl (C3), 2-propenyl (C3), 1-butenyl (C4), 2-butenyl (C4), butadienyl (C4), and the like.
Examples of C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2-4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C5), pentadienyl (C5), hexenyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C7), octenyl (C8), octatrienyl (C8), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkenyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkenyl”) with one or more substituents e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent. [0040] “Alkenylene” refers to an alkenyl group wherein two hydrogens are removed to provide a bivalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary unsubstituted bivalent alkenylene groups include, but are not limited to, ethenylene (-CH=CH-) and propenylene (e.g., -CH=CHCH2-, -CH2-CH=CH-). Exemplary substituted alkenylene groups, e.g., substituted with one or more alkyl (methyl) groups, include but are not limited to, substituted ethylene (-C(CH3)=CH-, -CH=C(CH3)-), substituted propylene (e.g., -C(CH3)=CHCH2-, -CH=C(CH3)CH2-, -CH=CHCH(CH3)-, -CH=CHC(CH3)2-, -CH(CH3)-CH=CH-, -C(CH3)2-CH=CH-, -CH2-C(CH3)=CH-, -CH2-CH=C(CH3)-), and the like.
[0041] “Alkynyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group comprising from 2 to 50 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon triple bonds), and optionally one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds) (“C2-50 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2-3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2-4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2-5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2-7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2-8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2-9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2-10 alkynyl”), and so on. In certain embodiments, alkynyl does not contain any double bonds. The one or more carbon- carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butynyl). Examples of C2-4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl (C2), 1-propynyl (C3), 2-propynyl (C3), 1-butynyl (C4), 2-butynyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2-4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C5), hexynyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl (C7), octyny (C8) , and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkynyl group is independently
optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkynyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkynyl”) with one or more substituents; e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is unsubstituted C2-10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is substituted C2-10 alkynyl.
[0042] “Alkynylene” refers to a linear alkynyl group wherein two hydrogens are removed to provide a bivalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary bivalent alkynylene groups include, but are not limited to, substituted or unsubstituted ethynylene, substituted or unsubstituted propynylene, and the like.
[0043] The term “heteroalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises 1 or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) within the parent chain, wherein the one or more heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the point of attachment. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group comprising from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC1-10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 9 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC1-9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC1-8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 7 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC1-7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a group comprising 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroC1-6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC1- 5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 4 carbon atoms and lor 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC1-4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 3 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC1-3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 to 2 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC1-2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 1 carbon atom and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group comprising 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-6 alkyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkyl”) with one or more
substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC1-10 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC1-10 alkyl.
[0044] The term “heteroalkenyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkenyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) wherein the one or more heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the point of attachment. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group comprising from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and lor 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC2-3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-6 alkenyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkenyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkenyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC2-10 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is a substituted heteroC2-10 alkenyl.
[0045] The term “heteroalkynyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkynyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) wherein the one or more heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the point of attachment. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group refers to a group comprising from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms
(“heteroC2-10 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and lor 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC2-3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC2-6 alkynyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkynyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkynyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkynyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC2-10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is a substituted heteroC2-10 alkynyl.
[0046] “Aryl” refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 % electrons shared in a cyclic array) comprising 6-14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C6-14 aryl”). In some embodiments, an aryl group has six ring carbon atoms (“C6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl). Aryl also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined herein, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, and trinaphthalene. Particularly aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an aryl group is
independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted aryl”) or substituted (a “substituted aryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is unsubstituted C6-14 aryl. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is substituted C6-14 aryl.
[0047] In certain embodiments, an aryl group substituted with one or more of groups selected from halo, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 haloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C8 alkoxy, and amino. [0048] Examples of representative substituted aryls include the following:
wherein one of R56 and R57 may be hydrogen and at least one of R56 and R57 is each independently selected from C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 haloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, alkanoyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, NR58COR59, NR58SOR59NR58SO2R59, COOalkyl, COOaryl, CONR58R59, CONR58OR59, NR58R59, SO2NR58R59, S-alkyl, SOalkyl, SO2alkyl, Saryl, SOaryl, SO2aryl; or R56 and R57 may be joined to form a cyclic ring (saturated or unsaturated) from 5 to 8 atoms, optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group N, O, or S. R60 and R61 are independently hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, substituted C6-C10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl.
[0049] “Fused aryl” refers to an aryl having two of its ring carbon in common with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring or with a carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring.
[0050] “Aralkyl” is a subset of alkyl and aryl, as defined herein, and refers to an optionally substituted alkyl group substituted by an optionally substituted aryl group.
[0051] “Heteroaryl” refers to a radical of a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 71 electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”). In heteroaryl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. Heteroaryl includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such
instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. Heteroaryl also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system. Bicyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like) the point of attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5- indolyl).
[0052] In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-8 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-6 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroaryl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is substituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl.
[0053] Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and thiophenyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include,
without limitation, tetrazolyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyridinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively.
[0054] Examples of representative heteroaryls include the following:
wherein each Z is selected from carbonyl, N, NR65, O, and S; and R65 is independently hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
[0055] “Heteroaralkyl” is a subset of alkyl and heteroaryl, as defined herein, and refers to an optionally substituted alkyl group substituted by an optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
[0056] “Carbocyclyl,” “carbocyclic” or “carbocycle” refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group comprising from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C3-10 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system. In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3-8 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C5-10 carbocyclyl”). Exemplary C3-6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C3), cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6), cyclohexenyl (C6), cyclohexadienyl (C6), and the like. Exemplary C3-8 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3-6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7), cycloheptenyl (C7), cycloheptadienyl (C7), cycloheptatrienyl (C7),
cyclooctyl (C8), cyclooctenyl (C8), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C7), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C8,) and the like. Exemplary C3-10 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3-8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C9), cyclononenyl (C9), cyclodecyl (C10), cyclodecenyl (C10), octahydro- 1 H -in denyl (C9), decahydronaphthalenyl (C10), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C10), and the like. As the foregoing examples illustrate, in certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or contain a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated. “Carbocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted carbocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted carbocyclyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is unsubstituted C3-10 carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C3-10 carbocyclyl.
[0057] In some embodiments, “carbocyclyl,” “carbocycle” or “carbocyclic” refers to a monocyclic, saturated carbocyclyl group comprising from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C3-10 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3-8 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C5-6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C5-10 cycloalkyl”). Examples of C5-6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C5) and cyclohexyl (C5). Examples of C3-6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C5-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C3) and cyclobutyl (C4). Examples of C3-8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C3-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7) and cyclooctyl (C8.) Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted cycloalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted cycloalkyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is unsubstituted C3-10 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is substituted C3-10 cycloalkyl. [0058] “Heterocyclyl,” ‘heterocycle” or “heterocyclic” refers to a radical of a 3- to 10- membered non-aromatic ring system comprising ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“3-10 membered heterocyclyl”). In heterocyclyl
groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. A heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”), and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated. Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. “Heterocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of heterocyclyl is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heterocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heterocyclyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is unsubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl.
[0059] In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-10 membered non-aromatic ring system comprising ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“5-10 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-8 membered non-aromatic ring system comprising ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-8 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-6 membered non-aromatic ring system comprising ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-6 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0060] Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, thiorenyl. Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include,
without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl-2, 5-dione. Exemplary 5- membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and oxazolidin-2-one. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl. Exemplary 6- membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl. Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to a Ce aryl ring (also referred to herein as a 5,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, benzoxazolinonyl, and the like.
Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to an aryl ring (also referred to herein as a 6,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
[0061] “Hetero” when used to describe a compound or a group present on a compound means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound or group have been replaced by a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the hydrocarbyl groups described above such as alkyl, e.g, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, e.g., heterocyclyl, aryl, e.g., heteroaryl, cycloalkenyl, e.g, cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like comprising from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
[0062] “Acyl” refers to a radical -C(O)R20, where R20 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, as defined herein. [0063] “Alkanoyl” is an acyl group wherein R20 is a group other than hydrogen. Representative acyl groups include, but are not limited to, formyl (-CHO), acetyl (- C(=O)CH3), cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl (-C(=O)Ph), benzylcarbonyl (-C(=O)CH2Ph), — C(O)-C1-C8 alkyl, -C(O)-(CH2)t(C6-C10 aryl), -C(O)- (CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -C(O)-(CH2)t(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), and -C(O)-(CH2)t(4-10
membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4. In certain embodiments, R20 is C1-C8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0064] “Alkoxy” refers to the group -OR29 where R29 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. Particular alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy. Particular alkoxy groups are lower alkoxy, i.e., with between 1 and 6 carbon atoms. Further particular alkoxy groups have between 1 and 4 carbon atoms.
[0065] In certain embodiments, R29 is a group that has 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino, C6-C10 aryl, aryloxy, carboxyl, cyano, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, halogen, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, hydroxyl, nitro, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl- S(O)2- and aryl-S(O)2-. Exemplary ‘substituted alkoxy’ groups include, but are not limited to, -O-(CH2)t(C6-C10 aryl), -O-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -O-(CH2)t( C3-C10 cycloalkyl), and -O-(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci- C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. Particular exemplary ‘substituted alkoxy’ groups are -OCF3, -OCH2CF3, -OCH2Ph, -OCH2-cyclopropyl, -OCH2CH2OH, and -OCH2CH2NMe2.
[0066] “Amino” refers to the radical -NH2.
[0067] “Substituted amino” refers to an amino group of the formula -N(R38)2 wherein R38 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or an amino protecting group, wherein at least one of R38 is not a hydrogen. In certain embodiments, each R38 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl,
C3-C8 alkynyl, C6-C10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, or C3- C10 cycloalkyl; or C1-C8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; C3-C8 alkenyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; C3-C8 alkynyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy, or -(CH2XC6-C10 aryl), -(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -(CH2)t(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), or -(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer between 0 and 8, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; or both R38 groups are joined to form an alkylene group.
[0068] Exemplary “substituted amino” groups include, but are not limited to, -NR39-C1-C8 alkyl, -NR39-(CH2)t(C6-C10 aryl), -NR39-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -NR39- (CH2XC3-C10 cycloalkyl), and -NR39-(CH2X4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, for instance 1 or 2, each R39 independently represents H or C1-C8 alkyl; and any alkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1- C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. For the avoidance of doubt the term ‘substituted amino’ includes the groups alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, alkylarylamino, substituted alkylarylamino, arylamino, substituted arylamino, dialkylamino, and substituted dialkylamino as defined below. Substituted amino encompasses both monosubstituted amino and disubstituted amino groups.
[0069] “Carboxy” refers to the radical -C(O)OH.
[0070] “Cyano” refers to the radical -CN.
[0071] “Halo,” or “halogen,” refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), and iodo (I). In certain embodiments, the halo group is either fluoro or chloro.
[0072] “Hydroxy” refers to the radical -OH.
[0073] “Nitro” refers to the radical -NO2.
[0074] “Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is substituted with a cycloalkyl group. Typical cycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylethyl, and cyclooctylethyl, and the like.
[0075] “Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is substituted with a heterocyclyl group. Typical heterocyclylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to,
pyrrolidinylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl, pyrrolidinylethyl, piperidinylethyl, piperazinylethyl, morpholinylethyl, and the like.
[0076] “Nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl” group means a 4- to 7- membered non-aromatic cyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom, for example, but without limitation, morpholine, piperidine (e.g., 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidine (e.g., 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), azetidine, pyrrolidone, imidazoline, imidazolidinone, 2- pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, piperazine, and N-alkyl piperazines such as N-methyl piperazine. Particular examples include azetidine, piperidone and piperazone.
[0077] “Thioketo” refers to the group =S.
[0078] A “wavy bond” or
in the structures depicted herein refers to the point of attachment of the group.
[0079] Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups, as defined herein, are optionally substituted (e.g., “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkenyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkynyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” carbocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” aryl or “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group). In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that at least one hydrogen present on a group (e.g., a carbon or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a “substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position. The term “substituted” is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound. The present disclosure contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound. For purposes of this disclosure, heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
[0080] Exemplary carbon atom substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -SO2H, -SO3H, -OH, -ORaa, -ON(Rbb)2, -N(Rbb)2, -N(Rbb)3 +X , -N(ORcc)Rbb, -SH, -SRaa, -SSRcc, -C(=O)Raa, -CO2H, -CHO, -C(ORcc)2, -CO2Raa, -OC(=O)Raa,
-OP(Rcc)3, -B(R33)2, -B(ORcc)2, -BR33(ORccO, C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 perhaloalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups; or two geminal hydrogens on a carbon atom are replaced with the group =O, =S, =NN(Rbb)2, =NNRbbC(=O)Raa, =NNRbbC(=O)ORaa, =NNRbbS(=O)2Raa, =NRbb, or =NORcc; each instance of Raa is, independently, selected from C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 perhaloalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two Raa groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups; each instance of Rbb is, independently, selected from hydrogen, -OH, -OR33, -N(Rcc)2, -CN, -C(=O)Raa, -C(=O)N(Rcc)2, -CO2R33, -SO2Raa, -C(=NRcc)ORaa, -C(=NRcc)N(Rcc)2, -SO2N(Rcc)2, -SO2Rcc, -SO2ORcc, -SOR33, -C(=S)N(Rcc)2, -C(=O)SRcc, -C(=S)SRcc, -P(=O)2R33, -P(=O)(R33)2, -P(=O)2N(Rcc)2, -P(=O)(NRcc)2, C 1-10 alkyl, C1-10 perhaloalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rbb groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups; each instance of Rcc is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 perhaloalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rcc groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups; each instance of Rdd is, independently, selected from halogen, -CN, -NO2, -N3,
C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups, or two geminal Rdd substituents can be joined to form =0 or =S; each instance of Ree is, independently, selected from C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 perhaloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and 3- 10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups; each instance of Rff is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 perhaloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6- 10 aryl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or two Rff groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups; and each instance of Rgg is, independently, halogen, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -SO2H, -SO3H, -OH, -OC1-6 alkyl, -ON(C1- 6 alkyl)2, -N(C1-6 alkyl)2, -N(C1-6 alkyl)3 +X-, -NH(C1 -6 alkyl)2 X , -NH2(C1-6 alkyl) +X-, -NH3 +X , -N(OC1-6 alkyl)(C1-6 alkyl), -N(OH)(C1-6 alkyl), -NH(OH), -SH, -SC1-6 alkyl, -SS(C1-6 alkyl), -C(=O)(C1-6 alkyl), -CO2H, -CO2(C1-6 alkyl), -OC(=O)(C1-6 alkyl), -OCO2(C1 -6 alkyl), -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)N(C1-6 alkyl)2, -OC(=O)NH(C1-6 alkyl), -NHC(=O)( C1-6 alkyl), -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(=O)( C1-6 alkyl), -NHCO2(C1 -6 alkyl), -NHC(=O)N(C 1-6 alkyl)2, -NHC(=O)NH(C1-6 alkyl), -NHC(=O)NH2, -C(=NH)O(C1-6 alkyl), -OC(=NH)(C1 -6 alkyl), -OC(=NH)OC1-6 alkyl, -C(=NH)N(C1-6 alkyl)2, -C(=NH)NH(C1-6 alkyl), -C(=NH)NH2, -OC(=NH)N(C1-6 alkyl)2, -OC(NH)NH(C1-6 alkyl), -OC(NH)NH2, -NHC(NH)N(C1-6 alkyl)2, -NHC(=NH)NH2,
carbocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or two geminal Rgg substituents can be joined to form =0 or =S; wherein X is a counterion.
[0081] A “counterion” or “anionic counterion” is a negatively charged group associated with a cationic quaternary amino group in order to maintain electronic neutrality. Exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F , Cl", Br , I"), NO3 , CIO4 , OH", H2PO4, HSO4-, SO4-2 sulfonate ions (e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10-camphor sulfonate, naphthal ene-2-sulfonate, naphthal ene-l-sulfonic acid-5-sulfonate, ethan-l-sulfonic acid-2-sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propanoate, benzoate, glycerate, lactate, tartrate, glycolate, and the like).
[0082] Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as valency permits, and include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary nitrogen atoms. Exemplary nitrogen atom substituents include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, -OH, -ORaa, -N(Rcc)2, -CN,
perhaloalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rcc groups attached to a nitrogen atom are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups, and wherein Raa, Rbb, Rcc and Rdd are as defined above.
Other Definitions
[0083] “Pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved or approvable by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or the corresponding agency in countries other than the United States, or that is listed in the U.S. Pharmacopoeia or other generally recognized pharmacopoeia for use in animals, and more particularly, in humans.
[0084] “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a compound disclosed herein that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of
the parent compound. In particular, such salts are non-toxic may be inorganic or organic acid addition salts and base addition salts. Specifically, such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2- naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4- methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-l -carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 3 -phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like; or (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N- methylglucamine and the like. Salts further include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the compound contains a basic functionality, salts of non-toxic organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate and the like. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable cation” refers to an acceptable cationic counter- ion of an acidic functional group. Such cations are exemplified by sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium cations, and the like. See, e.g., Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci. (1977) 66(1): 1-79.
[0085] “Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to compositions, carriers, diluents, and reagents which are pharmaceutically acceptable materials that are capable of administration to or upon a subject. A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be involved with carrying or transporting the subject agents from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. The carrier can be in the form of a solid, semi-solid or liquid diluent, cream or a capsule. The active ingredient can be mixed with excipients which are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient and in amounts suitable for use in the therapeutic methods described herein. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol or the like and combinations thereof.
[0086] “Isotopic variant” refers to a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the present application include, but are not limited to, isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 17O, 18O, 32P, 33P, 33S, 34S, 35S,18F, and 37C1. Compounds disclosed herein which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this disclosure. Certain isotopic variants of the compounds of the present application, for example, those into which radioactive isotopes (e.g., 3H and 14C) are incorporated, may be useful in drug and/or substrate distribution assays. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes (e.g., 2H) can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopic variants of compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof disclosed herein can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples, by substituting a readily available isotopically-labeled reagent for a non-isotopically-labeled reagent.
[0087] A “subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, a human subject (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or a non-human animal, e.g., a mammal such as primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys), cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, rodents, cats, and/or dogs. In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. In certain embodiments, the subject is a non-human animal. The terms “human,” “patient,” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
[0088] Disease, disorder, and condition are used interchangeably herein.
[0089] As used herein, the term “treat,” “treating,” or “treatment” includes reversing, reducing, or arresting the symptoms, clinical signs, and underlying pathology of a condition in a manner to improve or stabilize a subject’s condition. As used herein, and as well understood in the art, “treatment” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results, including clinical results. Beneficial or desired clinical results can include, but are not limited to, alleviation, amelioration, reduction of the severity, or slowing the progression of one or more symptoms or conditions associated with a condition, diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease
progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable. “Treatment” can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
[0090] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “prophylactic,” “prevention,” and variations thereof, contemplates an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified disease, disorder, or condition.
[0091] In general, the “effective amount” of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in this art, the effective amount of a compound of the disclosure may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the disease being treated, the mode of administration, and the age, weight, health, and condition of the subject. An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
[0092] The terms “pharmaceutically effective amount,” “therapeutically effective amount,” and “therapeutically effective dose” are used interchangeably herein and refer to an amount sufficient to treat a disease in a patient, e.g., effecting a beneficial and/or desirable alteration in the health of a patient suffering from a disease, treatment, healing, inhibition or amelioration of a physiological response or condition, delaying or minimizing one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder, or condition etc. The full therapeutic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses. Thus, a therapeutically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations. The precise effective amount needed for a subject will depend upon, for example, the subject’s size, health and age, the nature and extent of disease, the therapeutics or combination of therapeutics selected for administration, and the mode of administration. The skilled worker can readily determine the effective amount for a given situation by routine experimentation. The terms “pharmaceutically effective amount,” “therapeutically effective amount,” or “therapeutically effective dose” also refer to the amount required to improve the clinical symptoms of a patient. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound also refers to an amount of the therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder, or condition. The term “therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of disease or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
[0093] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a “prophylactically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent a disease, disorder, or condition,
or one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder, or condition, or prevent its recurrence. A prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of a therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the disease, disorder, or condition. The term “prophylactically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
[0094] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, “pharmacokinetics” can be defined as the study of bodily absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of drugs. “Pharmacokinetics” can also be defined as the characteristic interactions of a drug and a body in terms of its absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion; or a branch of pharmacology concerned with the way drugs are taken into, move around, and are eliminated from, a body.
[0095] “Administering” or “administration of’ a substance, a compound or an agent to a subject can be carried out using one of a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, a compound or an agent can be administered, intravenously, arterially, intradermally, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, ocularly, sublingually, orally (by ingestion), intranasally (by inhalation), intraspinally, intracerebrally, and transdermally (by absorption, e.g., through a skin duct). A compound or agent can also appropriately be introduced by rechargeable or biodegradable polymeric devices or other devices, e.g., patches and pumps, or formulations, which provide for the extended, slow or controlled release of the compound or agent. Administering can also be performed, for example, once, a plurality of times, and/or over one or more extended periods. In some embodiments, the administration includes both direct administration, including selfadministration, and indirect administration, including the act of prescribing a drug. For example, as used herein, a physician who instructs a patient to self-administer a drug, or to have the drug administered by another, and/or who provides a patient with a prescription for a drug is administering the drug to the patient. When a method is part of a therapeutic regimen involving more than one agent or treatment modality, the disclosure contemplates that the agents may be administered at the same or differing times and via the same or differing routes of administration. Appropriate methods of administering a substance, a compound or an agent to a subject will also depend, for example, on the age of the subject, whether the subject is active or inactive at the time of administering, whether the subject is cognitively impaired at the time of administering, the extent of the impairment, and the chemical and biological
properties of the compound or agent (e.g., solubility, digestibility, bioavailability, stability, and toxicity).
[0096] The term “lipid,” as used herein, refers to natural and non-natural hydrophobic and/or lipophilic fats, oils, polymers, hydrocarbons, and other such materials. In some embodiments, suitable lipids, when incorporated into a compound, are processed or metabolized similarly to triglycerides in the gastrointestinal tract or mimic such processing or metabolism. The term “glyceride” refers to an ester of glycerol (1,2,3-propanetriol) with acyl radicals of fatty acids or other lipids and is also known as an acylglycerol. A “monoglyceride” is a glycerol molecule wherein only one position of the molecule is esterified with a fatty acid. A “diglyceride” is a glycerol molecule wherein two positions of the molecule are esterified with fatty acids. A “diglyceride” is a glycerol molecule wherein three positions of the molecule are esterified with fatty acids. A “simple glyceride” is one where all esterified positions contain the same fatty acid. A “mixed glyceride” is one where different fatty acids are present at the esterified positions. The carbons of the glycerol backbone are designated sn-1, sn-2 and sn-3, with sn-2 being in the middle and sn-1 and sn-3 being the ends of the glycerol.
[0097] The term “cleavable moiety” refers to a chemical moiety that may be cleaved via hydrolysis, reduction, or enzymatic reaction. Cleavable moieties include, but are not limited to acid-labile moieties, hydrolysis-labile moieties, enzymatically cleavable moieties, reduction labile moieties, and self-immolative moieties.
[0098] The term “self-immolative moiety,” as used herein, refers to a bivalent chemical moiety that comprises a covalent, scissile bond as one of its bivalent bonds and a stable, covalent bond with a therapeutic agent as its other bivalent bond, wherein the bond with the therapeutic agent becomes labile upon cleavage of the scissile bond. The self-immolative group can be any such group known to those of skill in the art. Examples of self-immolative moieties include, but are not limited to, disulfide groups, hydrazones, acetal self-immolative moieties, carboxyacetal self-immolative moieties, carboxy(methylacetal) self-immolative moieties, para-hydroxybenzyl carbonyl self-immolative moieties, flipped ester self- immolative moieties, and trimethyl lock, or 2-hydroxyphenyl carbamate (2-HPC) self- immolative moieties. Other suitable self-immolative moieties are known in the art as described, for example, in C. Blencowe et al., Polym. Chem. 2011, 2, 773-790 and Kratz et al., ChemMedChem. 2008, 3(1), 20-53; Huvelle et al., Org. Biomol. Chem. 2017, 15(16), 3435-3443; and Alouane. et al., Angewandte Chemie International Edition 2015, 54 (26),
7492-7509; and Levine et al., Chem. Sci. 2012 3(8), 2412-2420; each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0099] The term “acid labile” refers to a molecule or compound that is sensitive to acids and can be cleaved or undergo significant changes in its structure or properties when exposed to acidic conditions.
[0100] As generally described herein, the disclosure provides compounds useful for preventing and/or treating a broad range of disorders, including, but not limited to, NMDA- mediated disorders. These compounds are expected to show, inter alia, improved in vivo potency, pharmacokinetic (PK) properties, oral bioavailability, formulatability, stability, and/or safety.
Compounds
[0101] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Q is -C1-8alkylene-; each of R1 and R2 is independently hydrogen, an acid-labile group, a lipid, or - C(O)R3; each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C1-40 aliphatic;
X is -O-, -NR-, -S-, -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-,
-O(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-, -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-, -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, or -(C1-6 aliphatic)-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen; each R is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic, 3-8 membered carbocycle, C6-10aryl, 4-8 membered
heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
Y is absent, -C(O)-, -C(NR)-, or -C(S)-;
Z is absent or an optionally substituted bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -OS(O)2-, -S(O)2O-, -NRS(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -NRC(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -NRC(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein one methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-; or
Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(R4a)(R4b)C(O)-M-, C(R4a)(R4b)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)C(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)nC(O)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)C(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)n-M-, -(CH2)mC(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)mC(O)-M-, and -(CH2)mC(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)m-M-; wherein either side of Z may be attached to Agent; each -R8- is independently an optionally substituted bivalent group selected from the group consisting of C3-6 carbocycle, C6-10 aryl, 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; each R4a, R4b, R5b and R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, and -R10; or
R4a and R4b or R5a and R5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S; each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of 3-8 membered carbocycle, C6-10aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1 to 6 -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, deuterium or halogen;
-M- is a cleavable moiety; each n is independently 0-18; each m is independently 0-6;
p is 1 or 2; and
and deuterated variants thereof; wherein the point(s) of attachment of Agent to Z replaces one or more hydrogen atoms on the Agent.
[0102] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
each of R1 and R2 is independently hydrogen, an acid-labile group, a lipid, or -C(O)R3; each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C1-40 aliphatic;
X is -O-, -NR-, -S-, -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-,
-O(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, - S(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-, -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-, -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, or -(C1-6 aliphatic)-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen; each R is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic, 3-8 membered carbocycle, C6-10aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
Y is absent, -C(O)-, -C(NR)-, or -C(S)-;
Z is absent or an optionally substituted bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -OS(O)2-, -S(O)2O-, -NRS(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -NRC(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -NRC(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein one methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-; or
Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(R4a)(R4b)C(O)-M-, C(R4a)(R4b)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)C(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)nC(O)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)C(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)n-M-, -(CH2)mC(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)mC(O)-M-, and -(CH2)mC(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)m-M-;
wherein either side of Z may be attached to Agent; each -R8- is independently an optionally substituted bivalent group selected from the group consisting of C3-6 carbocycle, C6-10 aryl, 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; each R4a, R4b, R5b and R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, and -R10; or
R4a and R4b or R5a and R5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S; each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of 3-8 membered carbocycle, C6-10aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1 to 6 -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, deuterium or halogen;
-M- is a cleavable moiety; each n is independently 0-18; each m is independently 0-6; p is 1 or 2; and
and deuterated variants thereof; wherein the point(s) of attachment of Agent to Z replaces one or more hydrogen atoms on the Agent.
[0103] In some embodiments, W is
In some embodiments, W is
In some embodiments, W is
In some embodiments, W is
. In some embodiments, W is -C(O)N-(R3)2.
[0104] In some embodiments, Q is -C1-8 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C1-6 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C1 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C2 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C3 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C4
alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C5 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C6 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C7 alkylene-. In some embodiments, Q is -C8 alkylene-.
[0105] In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1 is an acid-labile group. In some embodiments, R1 is a lipid. In some embodiments, R1 is a fatty acid. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)R3.
[0106] In some embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2 is an acid-labile group. In some embodiments, R2 is a lipid. In some embodiments, R2 is a fatty acid. In some embodiments, R2 is -C(O)R3.
[0107] In some embodiments, R1 is a lipid. In some embodiments, R2 is a lipid. Examples of lipids include fatty acids. Exemplary fatty acids may be saturated or unsaturated medium- chain or long-chain fatty acids. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C2-40 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C2 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C3 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C4 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C5 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C6 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C7 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C8 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C9 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C10 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C11 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C12 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C13 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C14 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C15 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C16 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C17 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C18 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C19 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C20 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C21 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C22 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C23 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C24 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C25 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C26 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C27 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C28 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C29 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C30 aliphatic group. In
some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C31 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C32 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C33 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C34 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C35 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C36 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C37 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C38 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C39 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, the fatty acid comprises a C40 aliphatic group.
[0108] In some embodiments, R1 is an acid labile group. In some embodiments, R2 is an acid labile group. Exemplary acid labile groups include, but are not limited to, -C(O)OR, -C(O)NR2, -CH2OR, -C(NR)R, -P(O)2OR, an amino acid or a PEG group.
[0109] In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are the same. In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are different.
[0110] In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C1-40 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C1 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C2 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C3 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C5 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C7 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C8 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C9 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C10 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C11 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C12 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C13 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C14 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C15 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C16 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C17 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C18 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C19 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C20 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C21 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C22 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C23 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is
independently a substituted C24 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C25 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C26 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C27 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C28 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C29 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C30 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C31 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C32 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C33 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C34 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C35 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C36 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C37 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C38 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C39 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently a substituted C40 aliphatic.
[0111] In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C1-40 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C1 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C2 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C3 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C5 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C7 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C8 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C9 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C10 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C11 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C12 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C13 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C14 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C15 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C16 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C17 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C18
aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C19 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C20 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C21 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C22 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C23 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C24 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C25 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C26 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C27 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C28 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C29 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C30 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C31 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C32 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C33 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C34 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C35 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C36 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C37 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C38 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C39 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C40 aliphatic.
[0112] In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C1-40 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C1 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C2 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C3 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C5 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C7 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C8 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C9 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C10 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C11 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C12 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C13 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C14 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C15 aliphatic.
In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C16 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C17 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C18 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C19 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C20 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C21 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C22 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C23 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C24 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C25 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C26 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C27 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C28 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C29 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C30 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C31 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C32 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C33 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C34 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C35 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C36 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C37 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C38 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C39 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently C40 aliphatic.
[0113] In some embodiments, X is -O-. In some embodiments, X is -NR-. In some embodiments, X is -S-. In some embodiments, X is -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with
-0-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is
-S(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is
- NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen. In some embodiments, X is -(C1-6 aliphatic)-. In some embodiments, X is -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-. In some embodiments, X is -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-. In some embodiments, X is -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-. In some embodiments, X is -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-. In some embodiments, X is -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-. In some embodiments, X is -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-. In some embodiments, X is -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-. In some embodiments, X is
-NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-. In some embodiments, X is -NR(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-. In some embodiments, X is -(C1-6 aliphatic)-.
[0114] In some embodiments, R is hydrogen.
[0115] In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted -6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted 3-8 membered carbocycle. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted C6-10 aryl. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0116] In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic, 3-8 membered carbocycle, C6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1- 2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms. In some embodiments, R is a
Ci16 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R is a 3-8 membered carbocycle. In some embodiments, R is a 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. In some embodiments, R is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
[0117] In some embodiments, R is a substituted -6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R is a substituted 3-8 membered carbocycle. In some embodiments, R is a substituted C6-10aryl. In some embodiments, R is a substituted 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. In some embodiments, R is a substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
[0118] In some embodiments, Y is absent. In some embodiments, Y is -C(O)-. In some embodiments, Y is -C(NR)-. In some embodiments, Y is -C(S)-.
[0119] In some embodiments, Z is absent. In some embodiments, Z is an optionally substituted bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, - N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-. In some embodiments, Z is an optionally substituted C1-30 alkylene (i.e., Cialkylene, C2alkylene, C3alkylene, C4alkylene, C5alkylene, C6alkylene, C7alkylene, C8alkylene, C9alkylene, C10alkylene, C11alkylene, C12alkylene, C13alkylene, C 14alkylene, C15alkylene, C16alkylene, C17alkylene, C18alkylene, C19alkylene, C20alkylene, C21alkylene, C22alkylene, C23alkylene, C24alkylene, C25alkylene, C26alkylene, C27alkylene, C28alkylene, C29alkylene or C30alkylene), wherein 0-8 (i.e., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8) methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
[0120] In some embodiments, Z is an optionally substituted C2-3oalkenylene (i.e., C2alkenylene, C3alkenylene, C4alkenylene, C5alkenylene, C6alkenylene, C7alkenylene, C8alkenylene, C9alkenylene, C10alkenylene, C11alkenylene, C12alkenylene, C13alkenylene, C14alkenylene, C15alkenylene, C16alkenylene, C17alkenylene, C18alkenylene, C19alkenylene, C20alkenylene, C21 alkenylene, C22alkenylene, C23alkenylene, C24alkenylene, C25alkenylene, C26alkenylene, C27alkenylene, C28alkenylene, C29alkenylene or C30alkenylene), wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-,
-C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, - OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
[0121] In some embodiments, Z is an optionally substituted C2-30alkynylene (i.e., C2alkynylene, C3alkynylene, C4alkynylene, C5alkynylene, C6alkynylene, C7alkynylene, C8alkynylene, C9alkynylene, C10alkynylene, C11alkynylene, C12alkynylene, C13alkynylene, C14alkynylene, C15alkynylene, C16alkynylene, C17alkynylene, C18alkynylene, C19alkynylene, C20alkynylene, C21alkynylene, C22alkynylene, C 23alkynylene, C24alkynylene, C25alkynylene, C26alkynylene, C27alkynylene, C28alkynylene, C29alkynylene or C30alkynylene), wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
[0122] In some embodiments, Z is a bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-. In some embodiments, Z is C1-30 alkylene (ie., Cialkylene, C2alkylene, C3alkylene, C4alkylene, C5alkylene, C6alkylene, C7alkylene, C8alkylene, C9alkylene, C10alkylene, C11alkylene, C12alkylene, C13alkylene, C14alkylene, C15alkylene, C16alkylene, C17alkylene, C18alkylene, C19alkylene, C20alkylene, C21alkylene, C22alkylene, C23alkylene, C24alkylene, C25alkylene, C26alkylene, C27alkylene, C28alkylene, C29alkylene or C30alkylene), wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
[0123] In some embodiments, Z is C2-30alkenylene (i.e., C2alkenylene, C3alkenylene, C4alkenylene, C5alkenylene, C6alkenylene, C7alkenylene, C8alkenylene, C9alkenylene, C10alkenylene, C11alkenylene, C12alkenylene, C13alkenylene, C14alkenylene, C15alkenylene, C16alkenylene, C17alkenylene, C18alkenylene, C19alkenylene, C20alkenylene, C21alkenylene, C22alkenylene, C23alkenylene, C24alkenylene, C25alkenylene, C26alkenylene, C27alkenylene, C28alkenylene, C29alkenylene or C30alkenylene), wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-,
-C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
[0124] In some embodiments, Z is C2-30alkynylene (i.e., C2alkynylene, C3alkynylene, C4alkynylene, C5alkynylene, C6alkynylene, C7alkynylene, C8alkynylene, C9alkynylene, C10alkynylene, C11alkynylene, C12alkynylene, C13alkynylene, C 14alkynylene, C15alkynylene, C16alkynylene, C17alkynylene, C18alkynylene, C19alkynylene, C20alkynylene, C21alkynylene, C22alkynylene, C23alkynylene, C24alkynylene, C25alkynylene, C26alkynylene, C27alkynylene, C28alkynylene, C29alkynylene or C30alkynylene), wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
[0125] In some embodiments, Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(R4a)(R4b)C(O)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)C(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)nC(O)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)C(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)n-M-, -(CH2)mC(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)mC(O)-M-, and -(CH2)mC(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)m-M-, wherein either side of Z may be attached to Agent.
[0126] In some embodiments, Z is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R4a)C(O)-M-, -CH(R4a)-M-, -CH(R4a)CH(R5a)C(O)-M-, -CH(R4a)CH(R5a)(CH2)nC(O)-M-, -CH(R4a)CH(R5a)(CH2)n-M-, and -C(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)C(O)-M-, wherein either side of Z may be attached to Agent.
[0127] In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -O-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -NR-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -OC(O)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(O)O-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(O)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S(O)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S(O)2-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(S)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -OS(O)2-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S(O)2O-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -N(R)S(O)2-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -S(O)2NR-. In some
embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -N(R)C(O)-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -C(O)NR-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -OC(O)NR-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -N(R)C(O)O-. In some embodiments, 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by an amino acid. [0128] In some embodiments, the amino acid may be naturally-occurring or non-naturally occurring. In some embodiments, the amino acid is an L-amino acid. In some embodiments, the amino acid is a D-amino acid. Amino acids include, but are not limited to glycine, alanine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, tyrosine, lysine, serine, threonine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan, asparagine, glutamine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, arginine, histidine, cysteine, and selenocysteine. In some embodiments, the amino acid is selected
[0129] In some embodiments, Z is a bivalent C1-25, C5-25, C7-25, or C1-20 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups selected from deuterium, halogen, -CN, a 3-8 membered carbocycle, C6-10aryl, a 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, a 5-10 membered heteroaryl
comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, or a C1-6 aliphatic group optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 deuterium or halogen atoms; wherein 0-4 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, or -C(O)-; and 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
[0130] In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently an optionally substituted bivalent C3-6 carbocycle. In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently an optionally substituted bivalent C6-10 aryl. In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently an optionally substituted bivalent 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently an optionally substituted bivalent 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0131] In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently a bivalent group selected from the group consisting of a C3-6 carbocycle, a C6-10 aryl, a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1- 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently a bivalent C3-6 carbocycle. In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently a bivalent C6-10 aryl. In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently a bivalent substituted 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In some embodiments, each -R8- is independently a bivalent substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0132] In some embodiments, R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, and -R10. In some embodiments, R4a is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R4a is deuterium. In some embodiments, R4a is halogen. In some embodiments, R4a is -CN. In some embodiments, R4a is -OR. In some embodiments, R4a is -NR2. In some embodiments, R4a is -SR. In some embodiments, R4a is -R9. In some embodiments, R4a is -R10.
[0133] In some embodiments, R4b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, and -R10. In some embodiments, R4b is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R4b is deuterium. In some embodiments, R4b is halogen. In some embodiments, R4b is -CN. In some embodiments, R4b is -OR. In some embodiments, R4b is -NR2. In some embodiments, R4b is -SR. In some embodiments, R4b is -R9. In some embodiments, R4b is -R10.
[0134] In some embodiments, each of R4a and R4b is independently hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1- 6 deuterium or halogen atoms; or R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
[0135] In some embodiments, R5a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, and -R10. In some embodiments, R5a is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R5a is deuterium. In some embodiments, R5a is halogen.
In some embodiments, R5a is -CN. In some embodiments, R5a is -OR. In some embodiments, R5a is -NR2. In some embodiments, R5a is -SR. In some embodiments, R5a is -R9. In some embodiments, R5a is -R10.
[0136] In some embodiments, R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, and -R10. In some embodiments, R5b is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R5b is deuterium. In some embodiments, R5b is halogen. In some embodiments, R5b is -CN. In some embodiments, R5b is -OR. In some embodiments, R5b is -NR2. In some embodiments, R5b is -SR. In some embodiments, R5b is -R9. In some embodiments, R5b is -R10.
[0137] In some embodiments, each of R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms; or R5a and R5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
[0138] In some embodiments, each of R4a, R4b, R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms.
[0139] In some embodiments, at least one instance of R4a and R4b is not hydrogen.
[0140] In some embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is not hydrogen.
[0141] In some embodiments, R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. In some embodiments, R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle. In some embodiments, R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
[0142] In some embodiments, R5a and R5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. In some embodiments, R5a and R5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle. In some embodiments, R5a and R5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
[0143] In some embodiments, R9 is a 3-8 membered carbocycle. In some embodiments, R9 is a C6-10aryl. In some embodiments, R9 is a 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In some embodiments, R9 is a 5-10 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0144] In some embodiments, each of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, or -R9, wherein said C1-6 aliphatic is optionally and additionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms. In some embodiments, R10 is an unsubstituted C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R10 is C1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 -CN. In some embodiments, R10 is C1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6
-OR. In some embodiments, R10 is C1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 -NR2. In some embodiments, R10 is C1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 -SR. In some embodiments, R10 is C1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 -R9. In some embodiments, R10 is C1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 deuterium. In some embodiments, R10 is C1-6 aliphatic substituted with 1 to 6 halogen.
[0145] In some embodiments, -M- is a cleavable moiety. In some embodiments, the cleavable moiety is a self-immolative moiety.
[0146] In some embodiments, -M- is selected from the group consisting of an acetal, an o- benzyl alcohol, a p-benzylalcohol, a styryl group, a coumarin, and a group that self-immolates via a cyclization reaction. In some embodiments, -M- is selected from the group consisting of a disulfide, hydrazone, acetal self-immolative group, carboxyacetal self-immolative moiety, carboxy(methylacetal) self-immolative moiety, para-hydroxybenzyl carbonyl self- immolative moieties, flipped ester self-immolative moiety, trimethyl lock, or 2- hydroxyphenyl carbamate (2-HPC) self-immolative moiety.
; wherein either side of M may be attached to Agent; and wherein each R6a and R6b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, Ci-io aliphatic, halogen, or -CN; each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -NO2, -SR, -R9, or -R10; each Z1 is independently selected from the group consisting -O-, -NR-, or -S-; each Z2 is independently selected from the group consisting -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-,
-N(R)C(O)O-, or -OC(O)NR-;and each Z3 is independently selected from -O-, -NR-, -S-, -C(R6a)(R6b)-, or a covalent bond.
[0148] In some embodiments, R6a is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R6a is deuterium. In some embodiments, R6a is C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R6a is C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R6a is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R6a is methyl.
In some embodiments, R6a is ethyl. In some embodiments, R6a is propyl. In some embodiments, R6a is isopropyl. In some embodiments, R6a is halogen. In some embodiments, R6a is -CN.
[0149] In some embodiments, R6b is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R6b is deuterium. In some embodiments, R6b is C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R6b is C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R6b is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R6b is methyl. In some embodiments, R6b is ethyl. In some embodiments, R6b is propyl. In some embodiments, R6b is isopropyl. In some embodiments, R6b is halogen. In some embodiments, R6b is -CN.
[0150] In some embodiments, each instance of R6a is the same. In some embodiments, each instance of R6b is the same. In some embodiments, each instance of R6a and R6b is the same. In some embodiments, each instance of R6a is different. In some embodiments, each instance of R6b is different. In some embodiments, each instance of R6a and R6b is different.
[0151] In some embodiments, each R7 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each R7 is deuterium. In some embodiments, each R7 is halogen. In some embodiments, each R7 is -CN. In some embodiments, each R7 is -OR. In some embodiments, each R7 is -NR2. In some embodiments, each R7 is -NO2. In some embodiments, each R7 is - SR. In some embodiments, each R7 is -R9. In some embodiments, each R7 is -R10.
[0152] In some embodiments, Z1 is -O-. In some embodiments, Z1 is -NR-. In some embodiments, Z1 is -S-. In some embodiments, Z1 is -NH- or -NMe-.
[0153] In some embodiments, Z2 is -O-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -NR-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -S-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -OC(O)-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -N(R)C(O)O-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -OC(O)NR-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -NH-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -NMe-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -NHC(O)O-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -NMeC(O)O-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -OC(O)NH-. In some embodiments, Z2 is -OC(O)NMe-. In some embodiments, Z2 is covalently bound to A.
[0154] In some embodiments, each Z3 is independently selected from -O-, -NR-, -S-, -C(R6a)(R6b)-, or a covalent bond. In some embodiments, Z4 is -O-. In some embodiments, Z3 is -NR-. In some embodiments, Z3 is -S-. In some embodiments, Z3 is -C(R6a)(R6b)-. In some embodiments, Z3 is a covalent bond.
[0157] In some embodiments, -M-is selected from the group consisiting of:
either side of M may be attached to Agent. [0158] In some embodiments, -M- is selected from the group constisting of:
[0160] In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3. In some embodiments, n is 4. In some embodiments, n is 5. In some embodiments, n is 6. In some embodiments, n is 7. In some embodiments, n is 8. In some embodiments, n is 9. In some embodiments, n is 10. In some embodiments, n is
11. In some embodiments, n is 12. In some embodiments, n is 13. In some embodiments, n is 14. In some embodiments, n is 15. In some embodiments, n is 16. In some embodiments, n is 17. In some embodiments, n is 18.
[0161] In some embodiments, m is 0. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, m is 3. In some embodiments, m is 4. In some embodiments, m is 5. In some embodiments, m is 6. In some embodiments, each m is independently 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, each m is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4.
[0162] In some embodiments, p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 2.
[0163] In some embodiments, Agent is any one of Agent Nos. 1-14, deuterated variants thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, Agent is any one of Agent Nos. 15-20 or 23-27, deuterated variants thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, Agent is any one of Agent Nos. 21 or 22, deuterated variants thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or combinations thereof.
[0164] In some embodiments,
is a structure as set forth in Table 1, deuterated variants thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or combinations thereof.
[0165] For the sake of clarity, the depiction of brackets and the integer p is 1 or 2 in
Formula (I)
means that either one or two
moieties may be covalently attached to the Agent. The attachment of
to the Agent may be at any available modifiable nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom in the Agent.
[0166] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (II):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0167] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (III):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, X, Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0168] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (IV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of X, Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0169] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (V):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R3, X, Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0170] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (VI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of X, Z, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0171] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (VII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, X, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0172] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (VIII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R3, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0173] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (IX):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, X, M, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0174] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of of Formula (X):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R5a, M, X, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0175] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R5a, X, n, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0176] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, X, M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
[0177] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XIII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
[0178] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XIV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, M, p and Agent are as defined herein. [0179] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R5a, M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
[0180] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XVI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R5a, M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
[0181] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XVII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
[0182] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XVIII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, M, p and Agent are as defined herein. [0183] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XIX):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, p and
Agent are as defined herein.
[0184] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XX):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, p, and Agent are as defined herein. [0185] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, M, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0186] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R5a, R5b, M, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0187] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXIII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, M, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0188] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXIV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, p, and Agent are as defined herein.
[0189] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R2, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, M, p and Agent are as defined herein.
[0190] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXVI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of p and Agent are as defined herein.
[0191] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula (XXVII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of p and Agent are as defined herein.
[0192] In any of the formulae disclosed herein, when a range of numbers, such as 0-1, 0-4, 1-18, etc. is disclosed, individual integers within the range are also specifically disclosed. Thus, a range of 0-1 includes 0 and 1. The range of 0-4 includes 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. The range 1-18 includes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18. Where more than one range is disclosed in a formula, each range is independently and optionally selected from the disclosed range.
[0193] In one aspect, the disclosure provides any one of Compounds 1-2201 shown in any one of Table 2, Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, Table 6, Table 7, Table 8, Table 9, Table 10, Table 10, Table 11, Table 12, Table 13, Table 14, Table 15, Table 16, Table 17, Table 18, Table 19, Table 20, Table 21, Table 22, Table 23, Table 24, Table 25, Table 26, Table 27, Table 28, Table 29, Table 30, Table 31, or Table 32, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any one of Compounds 1-2201, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any one of Compounds 1-2201. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of Compounds 1-2201. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from a deuterated variant of any one of Compounds 1-2201. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from a deuterated variant of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of Compounds 1-2201.
[0194] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 2, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0195] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 3, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0196] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 4, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0197] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 5, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 5
[0198] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 6, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0199] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 7, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0200] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 8, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 8
[0201] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 9, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0202] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 10, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0203] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 11, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 11
[0204] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 12, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0205] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 13, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0206] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 14, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 14
[0207] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 15, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0208] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 16, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0209] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 17, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 17
[0210] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 18, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0211] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 19, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0212] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 20, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 20
[0213] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 21, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof. Table 21
[0214] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 22, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0215] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 23, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 23
[0216] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 24, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0217] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 25, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0218] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 26, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 26
[0219] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 27, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0220] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 28, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0221] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 29, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0222] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 30, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0223] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 31, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
[0224] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any of the compounds depicted in in Table 32, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof or combinations thereof.
Table 32
Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0225] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compounds (e.g., compounds of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI), (XVII), (XVIII), (XIX), (XX), (XXI), (XXII), (XXIII), (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV), (XXXV), (XXXVI), (XXXVII), (XXXVIII), (XXXIX), (XL), (XLI), (XLII), (XLIII), (XLIV), (XLV), (XL VI), (XL VII), (XL VIII), (XLIX), (L), (LI), (LII), LIII), (LIV), (LV), (LVI), (LVII), (LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0226] In some embodiments, the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of the present disclosure is provided in an effective amount in the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of the present disclosure is provided in a therapeutically effective amount. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0227] The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, parenteral, rectal, transdermal, intradermal, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal.
[0228] The amount of the compound administered to the subject is typically determined by a physician, in the light of relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the route of administration, the actual compound to be administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual subject, the severity of the subject’s symptoms, and the like.
[0229] When used to prevent the onset of a disease, condition or disorder, the compounds provided herein are administered to a subject at risk for developing the disease, condition or disorder, typically on the advice and under the supervision of a physician, and at the dosages described herein. Subjects at risk for developing a particular condition include, but are not
limited to, those having a family history of the condition, or those who have been identified by a screening or evaluation method to be particularly susceptible to developing the condition.
[0230] The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also be administered chronically (“chronic administration”). Chronic administration refers to administration of a compound or pharmaceutical composition thereof over an extended period of time, e.g., for example, over 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 5 years, etc., or indefinitely (e.g., for the rest of the subject’s life).
[0231] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure is formulated for oral administration to a subject. The compositions for oral administration can take the form of bulk liquid solutions or suspensions, or bulk powders. More commonly, however, the compositions are presented in unit dosage forms to facilitate accurate dosing. The term “unit dosage forms” refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. Typical unit dosage forms include prefilled, premeasured ampules or syringes of the liquid compositions or pills, tablets, capsules or the like in the case of solid compositions. In such compositions, the compound is usually a minor component (from about 0.1 to about 50% by weight or preferably from about 1 to about 40% by weight) with the remainder being various vehicles or carriers and processing aids helpful for forming the desired dosing form.
[0232] With oral dosing, typically, one to five doses (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 doses) per day are representative regimens. Using these dosing patterns, each dose provides from about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg of the compound provided herein.
[0233] Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include a suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle with buffers, suspending and dispensing agents, colorants, flavors and the like. Solid forms may include, for example, any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
[0234] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure is formulated for oral administration to a subject as a lipid-based formulation. Lipid-based
formulations for oral administration are known in the art and typically include one or more lipid components which may be classified according to the Lipid Formulation Classification System (LFCS). Examples of lipid formulations that may be used in the lipid formulations disclosed herein include the Type I, Type II, Type, III and Type IV formulations per the LFCS classification system. (Pouton, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 11 (Supp 2), S93-S98, 2000; Pouton, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 29 278-287, 2006). The lipid-based pharmaceutical compositions may contain any one or more of oils or lipids, surfactants, co-surfactants, co-emulsifiers, cosolvents, antioxidants and/or solidifying agents.
[0235] The lipid-based pharmaceutical compositions may be chosen formulated to provide for sustained release of the active in the gastrointestinal tract in order to control the rate of absorption. These methodologies and formulations are known in the art. See, e.g., Mishra, Handbook of Encapsulation and Controlled Release, CRC Press, Boca Raton, (2016); Wilson and Crowley Controlled Release in Oral Drug Delivery, Springer, NY (2011); Wise, Handbook of Pharmaceutical Controlled Release Technology, Marcel Dekker, NY, (2000). [0236] Injectable compositions are typically based upon injectable sterile saline or phosphate-buffered saline or other injectable carriers known in the art. As before, the active compound in such compositions is typically a minor component, often being from about 0.05 to 10% by weight with the remainder being the injectable carrier and the like. Injectable compositions can be sterilized, e.g., by filtration, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[0237] Transdermal doses are generally selected to provide similar or lower blood levels than are achieved using injection doses.
[0238] Transdermal compositions are typically formulated as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s), generally in an amount ranging from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 10% by weight, and more preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight. When formulated as an ointment, the active ingredients will typically be combined with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with, for example an oil-in-water cream base. Such transdermal formulations are well-known in the art and generally include additional ingredients to enhance the dermal penetration of stability of the active ingredients or the formulation. All such known transdermal formulations and ingredients are included within the scope provided herein.
[0239] The compounds provided herein can also be administered by a transdermal device. Accordingly, transdermal administration can be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir or porous membrane type, or of a solid matrix variety.
[0240] The present disclosure also relates to the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt of a compound or Agent as disclosed herein. The acid which may be used to prepare the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is that which forms a non-toxic acid addition salt, i.e., a salt containing pharmacologically acceptable anions such as the hydrochloride, hydroiodide, hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, tartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, benzoate, para-toluenesulfonate, and the like.
[0241] The present disclosure also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, e.g., a composition suitable for injection, such as for intravenous (IV) administration, or for oral administration.
[0242] Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include any and all diluents or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, preservatives, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired, e.g., injection, oral, etc. General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions agents can be found, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Sixteenth Edition, E. W. Martin (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1980), and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005). [0243] The present disclosure also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a cyclodextrin derivative. The most common cyclodextrins are a-, - and y- cyclodextrins consisting of 6, 7 and 8 a-1 ,4-linked glucose units, respectively, optionally comprising one or more substituents on the linked sugar moieties, which include, but are not limited to, methylated, hydroxyalkylated, acylated, and sulfoalkylether substitution. In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin is a sulfoalkyl ether 0-cyclodextrin, e.g., for example, sulfobutyl ether 0-cyclodextrin, also known as Captisol®. See, e.g., U.S. 5,376,645. In certain embodiments, the formulation comprises hexapropyl- 0 -cyclodextrin. In a more particular embodiment, the formulation comprises hexapropyl- 0 -cyclodextrin (10-50% in water).
[0244] The compounds provided herein can be administered as the sole active agent, or they can be administered in combination with other active agents. In one aspect, the present invention provides a combination of a compound of the present invention and another pharmacologically active agent. Administration in combination can proceed by any technique
apparent to those of skill in the art including, for example, separate, sequential, concurrent, and alternating administration.
[0245] The above-described components for orally administrable, injectable, or topically administrable compositions are merely representative. Other materials as well as processing techniques and the like are set forth in Part 8 of Remington ’s The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st edition, 2005, Publisher: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0246] The compounds of this disclosure can also be administered in sustained release forms or from sustained release drug delivery systems. A description of representative sustained release materials can be found in Remington ’s Pharmaceutical Sciences.
Methods of Treatment and Uses
[0247] In one aspect, the disclosure provides compounds (e.g., a compound of Formulae (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI), (XVII), (XVIII), (XIX), (XX), (XXI), (XXII), (XXIII), (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV), (XXXV), (XXXVI), (XXXVII), (XXXVIII), (XXXIX), (XL), (XLI), (XLII), (XLIII), (XLIV), (XLV), (XL VI), (XL VII), (XL VIII), (XLIX), (L), (LI), (LII), LIII), (LIV), (LV), (LVI), (LVII), (L VIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and pharmaceutical compositions thereof that are lymphatic system targeting compounds. In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I)- (LVIII) , pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein and are useful for delivering an Agent of the disclosure to the lymphatic system and releasing the Agent at a target site e.g., any target tissue). In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I)- (LVIII), pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein and are useful for delivering an Agent of the disclosure to the intestinal lymphatic system and release of the Agent at a target site (e.g., lymph, lymphocytes, lymphoid tissues, tissues with high lipase activity, the liver, the systemic circulation, brain). The compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof disclosed herein are useful for transporting and releasing an Agent as disclosed hereinat at a target tissue by avoiding first pass metabolism. The compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof disclosed herein are useful for improving the bioavailability and other pharmacokinetic characteristics of an Agent as disclosed herein.
[0248] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as disclosed herein is delivered to the central nervous system (CNS). In some embodiments, the compouds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as disclosed herein crosses the blood-brain barrier (BBB) via the lymphatic system.
[0249] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as disclosed herein are cleaved releasing an Agent as disclosed herein, after the compounds of Formula (I)-(LVIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as disclosed herein reaches the target tissue. The Agent is released when the cleavable linker is cleaved.
[0250] The compounds (e.g., a compound of Formulae (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI), (XVII), (XVIII), (XIX), (XX), (XXI), (XXII), (XXIII), (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV), (XXXV), (XXXVI), (XXXVII), (XXXVIII), (XXXIX), (XL), (XLI), (XLII), (XLIII), (XLIV), (XLV), (XL VI), (XL VII), (XL VIII), (XLIX), (L), (LI), (LII), LIII), (LIV), (LV), (LVI), (LVII), (LVIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) and Agents of the present disclosure (e.g., Agents 1-27, deuterated variants thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the Agents or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the deuterated variants of Agents), as described herein, are generally designed to be positive allosteric modulators of NMD A receptor function, and therefore are useful for the treatment and prevention of, e.g., CNS-related conditions in a subject.
[0251] In some embodiments, the compounds, Agents, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, deuterated variants, or combinations thereof described herein, are generally designed to penetrate the blood brain barrier (e.g., designed to be transported across the blood brain barrier).
[0252] In certain embodiments, the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof of the present disclosure is a positive allosteric modulator (PAM) of NMD A receptors and activates NMD A receptor function. In certain embodiments, the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof of the present disclosure is a negative allosteric modulator (NAM) of an NMDA receptor and inhibits NMDA receptor function. In certain embodiments, the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination
thereof, is a neutral allosteric ligands (NALs) of NMDA receptors, which binds at allosteric sites and block the effects of a PAM and/or NAM of an NMDA receptor.
[0253] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a method for effecting allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the method is for effecting positive allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject. In some embodiments, the method is for effecting negative allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject. In some embodiments, the method comprises binding an NMDA receptor at an allosteric site with a compound disclosed herein and blocking the effects of an allosteric NMDA modulator (i.e., PAM and/or NAM) in a subject. [0254] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a method for treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
[0255] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a method for treating a CNS-related condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein.
[0256] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a method for preventing a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, preventing the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, preventing the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
[0257] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a method for preventing a CNS-related condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a
compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein.
[0258] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a method for inducing sedation or anesthesia in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound, Agent a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or a pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein.
[0259] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition thereof as disclosed herein for use in effecting allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject. In some embodiments, the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition is for use in effecting positive allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject. In some embodiments, the compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition is for use in effecting negative allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
[0260] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in treating a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
[0261] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in treating a CNS-related condition in a subject.
[0262] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in preventing a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, preventing the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, preventing the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
[0263] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in preventing a CNS-related condition in a subject.
[0264] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in inducing sedation or anesthesia in a subject.
[0265] In one aspect, the disclosure provides the use of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for effecting allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject. In some embodiments, the medicament is for effecting positive allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject. In some embodiments, the medicament is for effecting negative allosteric modulation of an NMDA receptor in a subject.
[0266] In one aspect, the disclosure provides the use of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, treating the disease, disorder, or condition requires negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
[0267] In one aspect, the disclosure provides the use of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a CNS-related condition in a subject.
[0268] In one aspect, the disclosure provides the use of a compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a disease, disorder or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, the medicament is for preventing a disease, disorder, or condition requiring positive allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject. In some embodiments, the medicament is for preventing a disease, disorder, or condition requiring negative allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject.
[0269] In one aspect, the disclosure provides the use compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a CNS-related condition in a subject.
[0270] In one aspect, the disclosure provides the use of compound, Agent, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated variant, or combination thereof or pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for inducing sedation or anesthesia in a subject.
[0271] In some embodiments, the method of treating a disease, disorder or condition comprises administering a compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agent is administered simultaneously with the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agent and the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure are administered sequentially. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agent is administered prior to the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agent is administered after the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure.
[0272] Exemplary CNS conditions related to positive allosteric modulation of NMD A receptors include, but are not limited to, an adjustment disorder, an anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), a cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), a dissociative disorder, an eating disorder, a mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or another psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder and post-partum psychosis), a sleep disorder (including insomnia), a substance-related disorder, a personality disorder (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder), an autism spectrum disorder (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins), multiple sclerosis, a neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, pain (including acute and chronic pain), a metabolic encephalopathies (including phenylketoneuria), an encephalopathy secondary to a medical condition (including hepatic encephalopathy and anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis), a seizure disorder (including
status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease), stroke, traumatic brain injury, a movement disorder (including Huntington’s disease and Parkinson’s disease), and tinnitus.
[0273] Exemplary CNS conditions related to negative allosteric modulation of NMDA receptors include, but are not limited to, adjustment disorders, stress or stress disorders (including post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)), anxiety disorders (including obsessive- compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, social phobia, social anxiety disorder, and generalized anxiety disorder), cognitive disorders (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia (e.g., frontotemporal dementia), as well as attention disorders such as attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD)), eating disorders, mood disorders (including depression (e.g., postpartum depression), bipolar disorder, dysthymic disorder, suicidality), schizophrenia spectrum disorders (e.g., schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder), psychotic disorders, sleep disorders (including insomnia), substance abuse-related disorders and/or withdrawal syndromes (e.g., addiction to opiates, cocaine, and/or alcohol), personality disorders (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder (OCD)), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins (e.g., Shank3), Rett syndrome, Fragile X syndrome, and Angelman syndrome), addictive disorders, neurodevelopmental disorders (including Rett syndrome), pain (including neuropathic pain, injury-related pain syndromes, acute pain, and chronic pain; headaches, e.g., migraine headaches), seizures (including grand-mal seizures, absence seizures, myoclonic seizures, clonic seizures, tonic seizures, and atonic seizures) and seizure disorders (including status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease, and Tuberous Sclerosis Complex (TSC)), vascular diseases (e.g., stroke, ischemia, vascular malformations), traumatic brain injury, movement disorders (including Huntington’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and tremors), neuropsychiatric lupus, and tinnitus.
[0274] Exemplary CNS conditions related to positive allosteric modulation of NMDA receptors include, but are not limited to, an adjustment disorder, an anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), a cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), a dissociative disorder, an eating disorder, a mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or another psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder and post-partum psychosis), a sleep disorder (including insomnia), a substance-related disorder, a personality disorder (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder), an autism spectrum disorder (including those involving mutations to the
Shank group of proteins), multiple sclerosis, a neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, pain (including acute and chronic pain), a metabolic encephalopathies (including phenylketoneuria), an encephalopathy secondary to a medical condition (including hepatic encephalopathy and anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis), a seizure disorder (including status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease), stroke, traumatic brain injury, a movement disorder (including Huntington’s disease and Parkinson’s disease), and tinnitus.
[0275] Exemplary CNS conditions related to negative allosteric modulation of NMDA receptors include, but are not limited to, adjustment disorders, stress or stress disorders (including post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)), anxiety disorders (including obsessive- compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, social phobia, social anxiety disorder, and generalized anxiety disorder), cognitive disorders (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia (e.g., frontotemporal dementia), as well as attention disorders such as attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD)), eating disorders, mood disorders (including depression (e.g., postpartum depression), bipolar disorder, dysthymic disorder, suicidality), schizophrenia spectrum disorders (e.g., schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder), psychotic disorders, sleep disorders (including insomnia), substance abuse-related disorders and/or withdrawal syndromes (e.g., addiction to opiates, cocaine, and/or alcohol), personality disorders (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder (OCD)), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins (e.g., Shank3), Rett syndrome, Fragile X syndrome, and Angelman syndrome), addictive disorders, neurodevelopmental disorders (including Rett syndrome), pain (including neuropathic pain, injury-related pain syndromes, acute pain, and chronic pain; headaches, e.g., migraine headaches), seizures (including grand-mal seizures, absence seizures, myoclonic seizures, clonic seizures, tonic seizures, and atonic seizures) and seizure disorders (including status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease, and Tuberous Sclerosis Complex (TSC)), vascular diseases (e.g., stroke, ischemia, vascular malformations), traumatic brain injury, movement disorders (including Huntington’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and tremors), neuropsychiatric lupus, and tinnitus.
Dosing Regimens
[0276] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a dosing regimen lymphatic uptake, metabolism, and release of the Agent. For example, if a given dose of a compound of the disclosure is absorbed more efficiently than an equivalent dose of the Agent alone, the dose
of the compound may be adjusted so as to provide the desired plasma or lymphatic system concentration of the Agent. In some embodiments, the dose of the compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of the disclosure is selected such that when said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to the subject, it provides, upon lymphatic uptake, metabolism, and release of the Agent, a desired, effective concentration or dose of Agent to treat a disease, disorder, or condition disclosed herein. [0277] In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614- 616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750- 1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of Agent No. 18 of about 0.3 mg to about 2.1 mg; about 0.3 mg to about 1.8 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 1.5 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 1.2 mg, about 0.6 mg to about 1.2 mg, about 0.6 mg to about 1.8 mg about 0.9 mg to about 1.2 mg, or about 0.9 mg to about 1.5 mg. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 0.3 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679- 1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 0.6 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401- 403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608- 1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 0.9 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969- 971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034- 2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 1.2 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188- 190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963- 1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 1.5 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 1.8 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679- 1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a dose of about 2.1 mg of Agent No. 18.
[0278] In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614- 616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750- 1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of Agent No. 18 of about 0.3 mg to about 2.1 mg; about 0.3 mg to about 1.8 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 1.5 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 1.2 mg, about 0.6 mg to about 1.2 mg, about 0.6 mg to about 1.8 mg about 0.9 mg to about 1.2 mg, or about 0.9 mg to about 1.5 mg. In some
embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 0.3 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679- 1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 0.6 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969- 971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034- 2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 0.9 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 1.2 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679- 1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 1.5 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46-48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-
971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324-1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034- 2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 1.8 mg of Agent No. 18. In some embodiments, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., compounds 46- 48, 117-119, 188-190, 259-261, 330-332, 401-403, 472-474, 543-545, 614-616, 685-687, 756-768, 827-829, 898-900, 969-971, 1040-1042, 1111-1113, 1182-1184, 1253-1255, 1324- 1326, 1395-1397, 1466-1468, 1537-1539, 1608-1610, 1679-1681, 1750-1752, 1821-1823, 1892-1894, 1963-1965, 2034-2036, 2105-2107 or 2176-2178) of the disclosure is administered to the subject in an amount sufficient to provide a total daily dose of about 2.1 mg of Agent No. 18.
Examples
[0279] In order that the disclosure described herein may be more fully understood, the following examples are set forth. The synthetic and biological examples described in this application are offered to illustrate the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided herein and are not to be construed in any way as limiting their scope. [0280] The absolute configuration of an asymmetric center can be determined using methods known to one skilled in the art. In some embodiments, the absolute configuration of an asymmetric center in a compound can be elucidated from the X-ray single-crystal structure of the compound. In some embodiments, the absolute configuration of an asymmetric center elucidated by the X-ray crystal structure of a compound can be used to infer the absolute configuration of a corresponding asymmetric center in another compound obtained from the same or similar synthetic methodologies. In some embodiments, the absolute configuration of an asymmetric center elucidated by the X-ray crystal structure of a compound can be used to infer the absolute configuration of a corresponding asymmetric center in another compound coupled with a spectroscopic technique, e.g., NMR spectroscopy, e.g., JH NMR spectroscopy or 19F NMR spectroscopy.
Abbreviations
[0281] CSA: Camphorsulphonic acid; DMAP: 4-dimethylaminopyridine; DCM: dichloromethane; DCC: Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide; TBS: t-Butyldimethylsilyl; MeOH: Methanol; EtOAc: Ethyl Acetate; ACN: Acetonitrile; AgOTf: Silver trifluoromethanesulfonate; DCE: 1,2-Dichloroethane; THF: Tetrahydrofuran; TBAF: Tetra-n- butylammonium fluoride; DMP: Dess-Martin Periodinane.
Materials and Methods
[0282] The compounds provided herein can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization.
[0283] Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. The choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group as well as suitable conditions for protection and deprotection are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups, and their introduction and removal, are described in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, Wiley, New York, 1991, and references cited therein.
[0284] The compounds provided herein may be isolated and purified by known standard procedures. Such procedures include (but are not limited to) recrystallization, column chromatography, HPLC, or supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC). The following schemes are presented with details as to the preparation of representative compounds that have been disclosed herein. The compounds provided herein may be prepared from known or commercially available starting materials and reagents by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis. Exemplary chiral columns available for use in the separation/purification of the enantiomers/diastereomers provided herein include, but are not limited to, CHIRALPAK® AD- 10, CHIRALCEL® OB, CHIRALCEL® OB-H, CHIRALCEL® OD, CHIRALCEL® OD-H, CHIRALCEL® OF, CHIRALCEL® OG, CHIRALCEL® OJ and CHIRALCEL® OK.
[0285] 1H-NMR reported herein (e.g., for the region between 5 (ppm) of about 0.5 to about 4 ppm) will be understood to be an exemplary interpretation of the NMR spectrum (e.g., exemplary peak integrations) of a compound. Exemplary general method for preparative HPLC: Column: Waters RB ridge prep 10 pm Cl 8, 19*250 mm. Mobile phase: acetonitrile, water (NH4HCO3) (30 L water, 24 g NH4HCO3, 30 mL NH3.H2O). Flow rate: 25 mL/min. [0286] Exemplary general method for analytical HPLC: Mobile phase: A: water (10 mM NH4HCO3, B: acetonitrile Gradient: 5%-95% B in 1.6 or 2 min Flow rate: 1.8 or 2 mL/min; Column: XBridge Cl 8, 4.6*50mm, 3.5 pm at 45 C.
[0287] Exemplary general method for SFC: Column: CHIRALPAK® AD CSP (250 mm * 30 mm, 10 pm), Gradient: 45% B, A= NH3H2O, B= MeOH, flow rate: 60 mL/min. For example, AD_3_EtOH_DEA_5_40_25ML would indicate: “Column: Chiralpak AD-3
150x4.6mm I.D., 3um Mobile phase: A: CO2 B:ethanol (0.05% DEA) Gradient: from 5% to 40% of B in 5 min and hold 40% for 2.5 min, then 5% of B for 2.5 min Flow rate: 2.5mL/min
Column temp: 35°C.
[0288] Example 1: Exemplary general method for the synthesis of a compound of the disclosure:
PG = protecting group. [0289] Carboxylic acids of formula (i), which can be prepared according to procedures know in the art, are dissolved in dichloromethane, treated with di-methylaminopyridine followed by addition of the Agent. If the Agent comprises two hydroxyl groups, one of the hydroxyl groups is protected and only the free hydroxyl group will react with the carboxylic acid of formula (ii) to form a compound of formula (iii). See Panel A. If neither of the hydroxyl groups of the Agent are protected, both can react with two equivalents of the carboxylic acid of formula (i), to form a compound of formula (iv). See Panel B.
[0292] To a solution of A (1.00 g, 1.93 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) was added DMAP (236 mg, 1.93 mmol), DCC (798 mg, 3.87 mmol) and 5-((l,3-bis(palmitoyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)- 5-oxopentanoic acid (1.98 g, 2.90 mmol) at 0 °C under H2(g). After stirring at 20 °C for 16 hours, the mixture was quenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and purified by column (0-6% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give B (1.5 g, 66% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.31-5.24 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.09(m, 3H), 3.50-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.29 (m, 10H), 2.04-1.94 (m, 7H), 1.83-
1.76 (m, 4H), 1.62-1.57 (m, 1 OH), 1.48- 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.25 (m, 50H), 0.99 (s, 5H), 0.92- 0.86 (m, 26H), 0.66 (s, 3H), 0.053 (s,6H).
[0293] Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 9
[0294] To a solution of B (1.20 g, 1.02 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and MeOH (10 mL) was added Camphorsulfonic acid (70.8 mg, 0.305 mmol) at 0 °C under H2(g). After stirring for 1 hour, the mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and purified by SFC (Column: Column: Chiralpak IK-3 50x4.6mm I.D., 3um, Mobile phase: Phase A for CO2, and Phase B for MeOH (0.05%DEA); Isocratic elution: 40% B in A, Flow rate: 3mL/min; Detector: PDA; Column Temp: 35C; Back Pressure: lOOBar) to give Compound 9 (505.6 mg, 42 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.34-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.27-2.25 (m, 1H), 4.70-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.28(m, 2H), 3.52-3.49 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.29 (m, 10H), 1.97-1.79 (m, 9H), 1.59-1.48 (m, 14H), 1.25 (s, 50H), 1.15-1.07(m, 5H) 1.00 (s, 4H), 0.92-0.88 (m, 17H), 0.67 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl3) δC 173.28, 172.64, 172.03, 140.77, 121.65, 79.18, 77.34, 77.03, 76.70, 71.77, 69.16, 62.03, 56.73, 50.09, 42.32, 36.49, 34.02, 31.93, 31.66, 29.71, 29.49, 29.37, 29.13, 24.85, 22.69, 20.25, 19.39, 18.79, 17.30,
14.12, 11.85. LC-ELSD/MS 50-100AB_6min_ELSD_2000, purity>99%; MS ESI calcd for C67H118O9Na [M +Na]+ 1089.9, found 1089.7.
[0295] Example 3: Synthesis of Compound 19
[0296] Step 1: Synthesis of Compound C-2
[0297] To a solution of Compound C-l (8.50 g, 13.5 mmol) in MeOH (80.0 mL) was added K2CO3 (3.72 g, 26.9 mmol) and KOH (1.51 g, 26.9 mmol) at 20°C under H2(g). After stirring at 60°C for 16 hours, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with H2O (2 x 80 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by recrystallization from ACN (100 mL) to give Compound C-2 (4.10 g, 58.9% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.33-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.36 (m, 3H), 2.32-1.92 (m, 5H), 1.85- 1.69 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.50 (m, 6H), 1.49-1.17 (m, 10H), 1.16-0.97 (m, 10H), 0.93-0.90 (m, 5H),
0.89-0.87 (m, 8H), 0.79-0.64 (m, 3H), 0.06 (s, 6H).
[0298] Step 2: Synthesis of Compound C-4
[0299] To a solution of Compound C-3 (3.17 g, 4.64 mmol) in DCE (20 mL) was added
DCC (1.20 g, 5.80 mmol) and DMAP (473 mg, 3.87 mmol) at 50 °C under H2(g). After stirring at 20 °C for 30 min, Compound C-2 (2.00 g, 3.87 mmol) was added to the mixture. After stirring at 50 °C for 16 hours, the mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (0-4% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give Compound C-4 (1.03 g, 22.5% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.36-5.15 (m, 2H), 4.37-4.25 (m, 2H), 4.19- 4.07 (m, 2H), 4.03-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.43 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.25 (m, 9H), 2.08-1.90 (m, 6H), 1.84-1.68 (m, 7H), 1.66-1.56 (m, 9H), 1.51-1.44 (m, 3H), 1.30-1.23 (m, 54H), 1.06-0.95 (m, 7H), 0.92-0.85 (m, 19H), 0.79-0.59 (m, 3 H), 0.05 (s, 6H).
[0300] Step 3: Synthesis of Compound 19
[0301] To a solution of Compound C-4 (2.00 g, 1.69 mmol) in a mixture of DCM (10 mL) and MeOH (10 mL) was added camphorsulfonic acid (118 mg, 0.508 mmol) at 0 °C under H2(g). After stirring at 0 °C for 1 hour, the mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with Brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, purified by silica gel chromatography (0%-10% of Ethyl Acetate in petroleum ether) and purified by SFC (Instrument: CAS-CD-Prep-SFC-F; Column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Condition: CCL-i-PrOH; Begin B:35; End B:35; Gradient Time (8.8 min); 100% B Hold Time (0 min); Flow Rate (70 mL/min); Injections: 266, Rt = 1.622 min) to give Compound 19 (520.0 mg, 44.1 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.38-5.32 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.19-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.02-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.34-2.20 (m, 6H), 2.06-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.89-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.63-1.57 (m, 5H), 1.50-1.42 (m, 5H), 1.25 (s, 54H), 1.13-0.98 (s, 12H), 0.93-0.85 (m, 12H), 0.68 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl3) δC 173.28, 173.28, 172.91, 172.02, 140.77, 122.10, 121.69, 102.48, 71.81, 69.60, 69.20, 68.81, 62.02, 58.77, 56.11, 50.14, 42.34, 42.32, 39.79, 37.26, 36.51, 36.17, 36.06, 35.77, 35.72, 34.20, 34.03, 33.79, 33.23, 33.18,
33.04, 32.58, 31.93, 31.93, 31.80, 31.66, 29.70, 29.70, 29.70, 29.67, 29.67, 29.67, 29.63,
29.46, 29.36, 29.27, 29.12, 28.95, 28.25, 24.89, 24.85, 24.85, 24.29, 23.28, 22.69, 22.69,
22.60, 21.09, 20.08, 19.39, 19.34, 16.67, 16.83, 14.11, 14.11, 11.88, 1.10. LC-ELSD/MS purity>99%, MS ESI calcd. for C27H45 [M+H-C4oH7409]+ 369.3, found 369.3.
[0302] Example 4: Synthesis of Compound 194
[0303] Step 1: Synthesis of Compound D-2
[0304] To a solution of (A)-6-((3S',5S',8R,9S',10S', 13R,14S',17R)-3-(benzyloxy)-3-ethyl-
10,13 -dimethylhexadecahydro- 1 H-cy cl openta[r/]phenanthren - 17 -yl)-2-methylheptan-2-ol (I, 836 mg, 1.60 mmol) in DCE (18.0 mL) was added AgOTf (123 mg, 4.82 mmol) and 2,6-di- tert-butylpyridine (1.07 mg, 5.62 mmol) at 20 °C. The reaction was cooled to 0 °C and Compound D-l (1.8 g, 2.41 mmol) was added. After stirring at 40 °C for 16 hours, the mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (2 x 300 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and purified by flash column (0-3% of EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give
Compound D-2 (1.03 g, 52% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6H 7.38-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 1H), 5.42-5.36 (m, 2H), 5.28-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.25-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.07 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.35 (m, 3H), 2.32-2.25 (m, 4H), 1.99-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.58 (m, 13H), 1.55-1.45 (m, 10H), 1.25 (s, 48H), 1.21 (s, 7H), 1.10-1.02 (m, 8H), 0.94-0.82 (m, 22H), 0.65 (s, 4H).
[0305] Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 194
[0306] To a solution of Compound D-2 (1.5 g, 1.21 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added Pd/C (800 mg, 10% Palladium on carbon, 1% water wet) under H2(g). After stirring at 40 °C for 16 hours, the mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and washed with THF (100 mL), filtered, concentrated, and purified by flash column (0-7% of EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give Compound 194 (716.1 mg, 17% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.38-5.32 (m, 2H), 5.30-5.25 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.17-4.10 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.34 (m, 3H), 2.33-2.21 (m, 6H), 1.99-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.51 (m, 13H), 1.48-1.34 (m, 9H), 1.31- 1.23 (m, 51H), 1.21 (s, 6H), 1.19-0.96 (m, 11H), 0.92-0.85 (m, 13H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.65 (s, 4H). QNMR (l,2,4,5-tetrachloro-3-nitrobenzene, 99.8% as IS) 95.68% wt found. 13C NMR
(101 MHz, CDCI3) δC 173.26, 171.66, 171.31, 84.17, 78.13, 72.80, 69.06, 62.04, 56.50, 56.25, 54.54, 43.66, 42.61, 40.01, 35.90, 35.76, 35.49, 33.98, 31.90, 29.68, 29.46, 29.34, 29.24, 29.10, 26.12, 24.81, 22.66, 19.59, 14.10, 12.06, 7.08.
[0307] Example 5: Synthesis of Compound 121
[0308] Step 1. Synthesis of Compound E-3
[0309] Two batches were prepared as follows. To a solution of Compound E-2 (1.00 g,
1.91 mmol) in DCE (10 mL) was added AgOTf (1.46 g, 5.72 mmol) and 2,6-di-tert- butylpyridine (1.27 g, 6.68 mmol) at 20 °C. Compound E-l (2.79 g, 3.82 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 °C. After stirring at 40 °C for 16 h the reaction was quenched with H2O (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic phase was
washed with saturated brine (2 x 40 mL). The organic layers from both batches were combined, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by flash column (0-5% of EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give Compound E-3 (3.0 g, 65% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 7.39-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 1H), 5.40-5.33 (m, 2H), 5.29-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.34 (m, 2H), 4.34-4.27 (m, 2H), 4.17-4.09 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.25 (m, 4H), 2.33- 2.28 (m, 4H), 2.00-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.59 (m, 10H), 1.57-1.41 (m, 10H), 1.36-1.23 (m, 58H), 1.23-1.16 (m, 8H), 0.98-0.80 (m, 17H), 0.70-0.58 (m, 4H).
[0310] Step 2. Synthesis of Compound 121
[0311] A mixture of Compound E-3 (3.0 g, 2.46 mmol) and Pd/C (1.1 g, 10% Palladium on carbon) in THF (150 mL) was hydrogenated under 25 psi of hydrogen at 25 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed with THF (100 mL), concentrated, and purified by flash column (0-3% of EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give Compound 121 (953.7 mg, 31% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.45-5.30 (m, 2H), 5.29-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.24 (m, 2H), 4.19-4.07 (m, 2H), 2.44-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.34-2.27 (m, 4H), 2.02-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.58-1.53 (m, 12H), 1.46-1.33 (m, 9H), 1.31-1.23 (m, 50H), 1.22- 1.19 (m, 8H), 1.12-0.94 (m, 8H), 0.92-0.79 (m, 17H), 0.67-0.61 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (101MHz, CDCl3) SC = 173.28, 171.96, 84.25, 78.15, 77.35, 72.80, 69.20, 62.00, 56.53, 54.57, 43.70, 40.05, 35.53, 34.01, 33.13, 31.93, 29.70, 29.12, 24.84, 24.19, 22.69, 19.81, 14.11, 12.10, 7.10.
[0312] Example 6: Synthesis of Compound 80
[0313] Step 1: Synthesis of Compound F-2
[0314] Two batches were prepared as follows. To a solution of Compound F-l (2.50 g, 4.84 mmol) in DCM (25.0 mL) was added AgOTf (3.73 g, 14.5 mmol) and 2,6-Di-tert- butylpyridine (3.24 g, 3.79 mL, 16.9 mmol) at 25 °C under N2. Benzyl (chloromethyl) glutarate (3.93 g, 14.5 mmol) was added at 0 °C and the reaction was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min. Both batches were combined and quenched with NH4Cl(aq) (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by column (0-3% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give Compound F-2 (4.30 g, 50% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 7.38-7.31 (m. 5H), 5.37-5.26 (m, 3H), 5.11 (s, 1H), 3.52-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1H),
2.45-2.35 (m, 3H), 2.30-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.84-1.64 (m. 6H), 1.25-0.98 (m, 14H), 0.95-0.85 (m, 25H), 0.70-0.64 (m, 4H), 0.06 (s, 6H).
[0315] Step 2: Synthesis of Compound F-3
[0316] To a solution of Compound F-2 (5.00 g, 6.66 mmol) in THF (50.0 mL) was added wet 10% Pd/C (500 mg, 4.7 mmol) under Ar(g). The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2(g) three times. The mixture was stirred under F g) (15 psi) at 25 °C for 2 hours to give a black suspension. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and washed with THF (100 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give Compound F-3 (4.30 g, 80%).
[0317] Step 3: Synthesis of Compound F-4
[0318] To a solution of 2 -hydroxypropane- 1,3 -diyl dipalmitate (4.54 g, 7.99 mmol) in DCE (45.0 mL) was added DCC (2.06 g, 9.98 mmol) and DMAP (813 mg, 6.66 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). Compound F-3 (4.30 g, 6.66 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 50 °C for 16 h. The mixture was quenched with water (200 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography (0%-3% of Ethyl Acetate in Petroleum Ether) to give Compound F-4 (2.70 g, 33.5 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.33-5.25 (m, 4H), 4.33-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.38 (m, 5H), 2.33-2.28 (m, 5H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 5H), 1.83-1.63 (m, 5H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 65H), 0.99 (s, 5H), 0.90-0.85 (m, 25H), 0.67 (s, 3H), 0.06 (s, 6H).
[0319] Step 4: Synthesis of Compound 80
[0320] To a solution of Compound F-4 (2.7 g, 2.2 mmol) in THF (20.0 mL) was added TBAF (4.5 mL, 1.00 M in THF, 4.5 mmol) at 25 °C under N2(g) and the reaction was stirred at 25 °C for 16 hours. The mixture was quenched with NH4Cl(aq) (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0% -13% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to give Compound 80 (766.7 mg, 0.6985 mmol, 31 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.37-5.22 (m, 4H), 4.34-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.38 (m, 4H), 2.32-2.22 (m, 6H), 2.03-1.93 (m, 4H), 1.86-1.73 (m, 4H), 1.62-1.58 (m, 5H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 4H), 1.34-1.21 (m, 54H), 1.18-1.05 (m, 5H), 1.01 (s, 4H), 0.94-0.84 (m, 17H), 0.68 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl3) δC 173.275, 172.407, 171.942, 140.745, 121.653. 88.803, 86.026, 71.775, 69.189, 61.982, 56.729, 55.880, 50.088, 42.323, 39.756, 36.486, 34.010, 33.115, 31.918, 29.689, 29.653, 29.479, 29.351, 29.260, 29.114, 24.838, 22.682, 19.375,
18.745, 18.416, 14.114, 11.857. LC-ELSD/MS LIPID_50-100AB_6min_ELSD_2000.M (100.0% purity), MS ESI calcd for CesHnoOioNa [M+Na]+ 1119.88 not found, detected fragment calcd for C35H67O4 [M-C35H67O4] + 551.5, found 551.5.
[0322] Step 1: Synthesis of Compound G-3
[0323] To a solution of Compound G-2 (1.00 g, 1.93 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) was added
AgOTf (1.49 g, 5.80 mmol) and 2,6-di-tert-butylpyridine (1.30 g, 1.52 mL, 6.77 mmol) at
25 °C under H2(g). The mixture was then cooled to 0 °C and Compound G-1 (1.11 g, 1.93 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C and stirred for 16 hours, then quenched with sat. NH4Cl(aq) (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and the residue purified by flash chromatography (0-10% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound G-3 (700 mg, 34.4 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.35-5.21 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.24 (m, 3H), 3.22-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.33 (m,
4H), 2.30-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.87-1.67 (m, 4H), 1.54-1.39 (m, 10H), 1.34-1.26 (m, 50H), 1.19-1.03 (m, 5H), 1.00 (s, 3H), 0.92 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H), 0.90-0.84 (m, 23H), 0.68- 0.63 (m, 3H), 0.06 (s, 6H).
[0324] Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 293 [0325] To a solution of Compound G-3 (700 mg, 665 pmol) in THF (30.0 mL) was added
TBAF (87.3 mg, 2.66 mL, 1.00 molar, 2.66 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 4 h, then quenched with sat. NH4Cl(aq) (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and the residue purified twice by silica gel chromatography (0-15% EtOAc in petroleum ether) and purified by SFC (Column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD(250mm x 30mm, 10pm); Condition:CO2-EtOH(0.1%NH3H2O); Begin B:35; End B:35; Gradient Time(45 min);100%B Hold Time (0 min); Flow Rate (80 mL/min); Injections: 60) to afford Compound 293 (222 mg, 35.5% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) 5 = 5.36-5.32 (m, 1H), 5.32-5.23 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.24 (m, 3H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.33-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.07-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.89-1.74 (m, 4H), 1.56-
1.33 (m, 15H), 1.31-1.21 (m, 46H), 1.17-1.03 (m, 5H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.99-0.96 (m, 1H), 0.92 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H), 0.90-0.84 (m, 12H), 0.67 (s, 3H). LC-ELSD/MS ESI calcd. for C61H112NO5 [M+H]+ 938.8 found 938.8.
[0326] Example 7: Synthesis of Compound 334
[0327] Step 1: Synthesis of Compound H-2
[0328] To a solution of dihydro-2H-pyran-2,6(3H)-dione (2.78 g, 24.4 mmol) in toluene (80 mL) was added Compound H-1 (10.0 g, 24.4 mmol) under H2(g). The mixture was heated to 85 °C for 3 h, then the mixture was concentrated to afford Compound H-2 (12 g, 94% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 3.35-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.45 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 4H), 2.03-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.37-1.17 (m, 45H), 0.88 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H).
[0329] Step 2: Synthesis of Compound H-3
[0330] To a solution of Compound H-2 (12.0 g, 22.9 mmol), tetra(but-l-yl)ammonium bisulfate (778 mg, 2.29 mmol) in DCM (120 mL) was added K2CO3 (12.7 g, 91.6 mmol) in H2O (120 mL) under H2(g). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.1 h, then a solution of
chloromethyl chlorosulfate (5.67 g, 34.4 mmol) in DCM (120 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h, then DCM (100 mL) and brine (100 mL) were added to the mixture. The organic layer was separated, concentrated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-20% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound H-3 (6 g, 46% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.70 (s, 2H), 3.33-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.49 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.11-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.29-1.21 (m, 44H), 0.88 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H).
[0331] Step 3: Synthesis of Compound H-5
[0332] To a solution of Compound H-4 (2.00 g, 3.83 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added AgOTf (2.95 g, 11.5 mmol) and 2,6-di-tert-butylpyridine (2.56 g, 3.00 mL, 13.4 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). The mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and Compound H-3 (2.19 g, 3.83 mmol) was added. The mixture was warmed to 25 °C and stirred for 16 hours, then quenched with sat. NH4Cl(aq) (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and the residue purified by flash chromatography (0-10% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound H-5 (1.50 g), which was triturated with MeOH (50.0 mL) at 25 °C for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to afford Compound H-5 (800 mg, 21.6% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 7.39-7.27 (m, 5H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 3.30-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.32 (m, 4H), 2.02-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.59 (m, 9H), 1.54-1.43 (m, 9H), 1.33-1.24 (m, 58H), 1.13-1.04 m, 4H), 0.93-0.85 (m, 15H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.65 (s, 4H).
[0333] Step 4: Synthesis of Compound 334
[0334] To a solution of Compound H-5 (700 mg, 661 pmol) in THF (15.0 mL) was added Pd/C (700 mg, 6.58 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). The mixture was then stirred at 25 °C under 15 psi H2(g) for 24 h, then the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated and the residue purified twice by flash chromatography (0-15% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound 334 (221.7 mg, 30.2% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δH 5.35 (s, 2H), 3.32-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.28 (m, 4H), 2.03-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.86-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.36 (m, 22H), 1.30-1.25 (m, 44H), 1.20 (s, 8H), 1.17-0.93 (m, 9H), 0.92-0.85 (m, 13H), 0.82 (s, 3H), 0.64 (s, 4H). LC-ELSD/MS ESI calcd. for C63H118NO5 [M+H]+ 968.8 found 968.8.
[0335] Example 7: Synthesis of Compound 222
[0336] Step 1: Synthesis of Compound 1-3
[0337] To a solution of Compound 1-2 (1.00 g, 1.93 mmol) in DCM (2.00 mL) was added Silver(I) Trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.49 g, 5.80 mmol) and 2,6-di-tert-butylpyridine (1.30 g, 6.77 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g), then the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C, and 2-(3- (chloromethoxy)-3 -oxopropyl)- 1,3 -di oxan-5-yl palmitate 1-1 (985 mg, 2.13 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 25°C and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was directly purified by flash chromatography (0-6% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound 1-3 (960 mg, 53% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5.29 (s, 2H), 5.11- 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.13-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.53-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 1H),
2.46 (q, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.28-1.59 (m, 14H), 1.47-1.22 (m, 33H), 1.09-0.81 (m, 32H), 0.67 (s, 3H), 0.05 (s, 6H).
[0338] Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 222
[0339] To a solution of Compound 1-3 (832 mg, 0.882 mmol) in THF (4.00 mL) was added TBAF (692 mg, 2.65 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). After stirring at 25 °C for 16 h, the
reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0- 12% EtOAc in petroleum ether) and SFC (Column: DAICEL CHIRALCEL OD (250mm x 30mm, 10pm); Condition: CO2-MeOH; Begin B: 50 End B: 50; Gradient Time (min): 7;
Flowrate (ml/min): 70; Injections: 140) to afford Compound 222 (200.6 mg, 27% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5.36-5.25 (m, 1H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 5.12-4.97 (m, 1H), 4.27-3.53 (m, 5H), 3.32-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.46 (q, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.29-1.76 (m, 10H), 1.67-1.46 (m, 12H), 1.34-1.22 (m, 26H), 1.18-0.84 (m, 23H), 0.68 (s, 3H). LC- ELSD/MS MS ESI calcd. for C29H49 [M+H-C22H40O8]+ 397.4, found 397.4.
[0340] Example 7: Synthesis of Compound 263
[0341] Step 1: Synthesis of Compound J-2
[0342] To a solution of l,3-bis(benzyloxy)propan-2-ol (6.00 g, 22.0 mmol) in DCM (150 mL) was added pyridine (8.71 g, 110 mmol), palmitoyl chloride Compound J-1 (15.1 g, 55.1 mmol) and DMAP (135 mg, 1.10 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). After stirring at 25 °C for 2 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with sat. NaHCO3(aq) (200 mL), extracted with DCM (3 x
200 mL), the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-6% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound J-2 (11.8 g, 98% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.36-7.26 (m, 10H), 5.26-5.19 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.48 (m, 4H), 3.66-3.55 (m, 4H), 2.3-2.31 (m, 2H), 1.64- 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.26-1.24 (m, 24H), 0.90-0.86 (m, 3H).
[0343] Step 2: Synthesis of Compound J-3
[0344] To a solution of Compound J-2 (10.0 g, 19.6 mmol) in EtOAc (150 mL) was added wet Pd/C (1.04 g, 0.979 mmol) under H2(g). The reaction mixture was then stirred at 45 °C under 30 psi H2(g) for 16 h, then filtered and concentrated to afford Compound J-3 (8 g) which was used directly without purification.
[0345] Step 3: Synthesis of Compound J-6
[0346] To a solution of benzyl 4-hydroxybutanoate Compound J-5 (4.00 g, 20.6 mmol) in DCM (40.0) was added DMP (17.5 g, 41.2 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). After stirring at 25 °C for 2 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with 400 mL of a 1 : 1 mixture of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 andNa2S2O3 solutions, extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers concentrated to afford Compound J-6 (4 g) which was used directly without purification.
[0347] Step 4: Synthesis of Compound J-7
[0348] To a solution of Compound J-3 (8.00 g, 24.2 mmol) in toluene (80.0 mL) was added Compound J-6 (3.88 g, 20.2 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (76.7 mg, 0.403 mmol) at 25°C under H2(g). The reaction mixture was heated to 110 °C and stirred for 2h, then quenched with water (20 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL), the combined organic layers dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-10% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound J- 7 (5.1 g, 50% yield over three steps). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.39-7.26 (m, 5H), 5.17- 5.10 (m, 2H), 5.09-4.98 (m, 1H), 4.26-3.54 (m, 5H), 2.49 (q, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.23 (m, 24H), 0.88 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
[0349] Step 5: Synthesis of Compound J-8
[0350] To a solution of Compound J-7 (5.10 g, 10.1 mmol) in EtOAc (5.00 mL) was added wet Pd/C (1.08 g, 1.01 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). The mixture was then stirred at 45 °C under 30 psi H2(g) for 16 h, then filtered and concentrated to afford Compound J-8 (4.1g), which was used directly without purification.
[0351] Step 6: Synthesis of Compound J-9
[0352] To a mixture of Compound J-8 (4.10 g, 9.89 mmol) in 1 : 1 DCM:H2O (4.00 mL) at
0 °C was added sodium carbonate (4.19 g, 39.6 mmol) and chloromethyl chlorosulfonate (1.96 g, 11.9 mmol) under H2(g). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min, then tetra(but-l-yl)ammonium bisulphate (336 mg, 0.989 mmol) was added. The mixture was then stirred at 25°C for 1 h, then quenched with water (40 mL), extracted with DCM (2 x 70 mL) and the combined organic layers concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-7% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound J-9 (3.21 g, 70% yield via two steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5.74-5.67 (m, 2H), 5.13-4.99 (m, 1H), 4.31-3.63 (m, 5H), 2.56-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.24 (m, 24H), 0.88 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
[0353] Step 7: Synthesis of Compound J-ll
[0354] To a solution of Compound J-10 (400 mg, 0.765 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) was added silver(I) trifluoromethanesulfonate (590 mg, 2.30 mmol) and 2,6-Di-tert-butylpyridine (512 mg, 2.68 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). The mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and Compound J-9 (425 mg, 0.918 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C and stirred for 16 h, then was quenched with saturated NH4Cl(aq) (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-6% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford Compound J-ll (430 mg, 52% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.36-7.26 (m, 5H), 5.36 (s, 2H), 5.12-4.98 (m, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.34-3.58 (m, 7H), 2.44 (q, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.07-1.82 (m, 4H), 1.74-1.39 (m, 19H), 1.20-1.29 (m, 33H), 1.14-0.99 (m, 6H), 0.92-0.86 (m, 10H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.60-0.70 (m, 4H).
[0355] Step 8: Synthesis of Compound 263
[0356] To a solution of Compound J-ll (430 mg, 0.464 mmol) in THF (7.00 mL) was added wet Pd/C (300 mg, 2.82 mmol) at 25 °C under H2(g). The mixture was then stirred at 25°C under 15 psi H2(g) for 16 h, then the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-16% EtOAc in petroleum ether) and lyophilized to afford Compound 263 (214.3 mg, 57%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5.35 (s, 2H), 5.11-4.97 (m, 1H), 4.30-3.60 (m, 5H), 2.44 (q, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.06-1.70 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.56 (m, 8H), 1.50-1.30 (m, 16H), 1.26-1.19 (m, 26H), 1.11-0.85 (m, 20H), 0.82 (s, 3H), 0.62-0.67 (m, 4H); LC-ELSD/MS ESI calcd. for C53H94O8Na [M+Na]+ 881.9, found 881.9.
Claims
-C(O)N(R3)2;
Q is -C1-8-alkylene-; each of R1 and R2 is independently hydrogen, an acid-labile group, a lipid, or -C(O)R3; each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C1-40 aliphatic;
X is -O-, -NR-, -S-, -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -O(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-,
-O(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-O-, -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-S-, -S(C1-6 aliphatic)-NR-, -NR(CI-6 aliphatic)-O-, -NR(CI-6 aliphatic)-S-, -NR(CI-6 aliphatic)-NR-, or -( C1-6 aliphatic)-, wherein 0-2 methylene units of the C1-6 aliphatic group are independently and optionally replaced with -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and wherein each instance of C1-6 aliphatic is independently and optionally substituted with 1-3 deuterium or halogen; each R is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic, 3-8 membered carbocycle, C6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
Y is absent, -C(O)-, -C(NR)-, or -C(S)-;
Z is absent or an optionally substituted bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -OS(O)2-, -S(O)2O-, - N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-,
-C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein one methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-; or
Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(R4a)(R4b)C(O)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)C(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)nC(O)-M-, -C(R4a)(R4b)C(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)n-M-, -(CH2)mC(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)mC(O)-M-, and -(CH2)mC(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)(CH2)m-M-; wherein either side of Z may be attached to Agent; each -R8- is independently an optionally substituted bivalent group selected from the group consisting of C3-6 carbocycle, C6-10 aryl, 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; each R4a, R4b, R5b and R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, and -R10; or
R4a and R4b or R5a and R5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S; each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of C3-8 carbocycle, C6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1 to 6 -CN, -OR, -NR2, -SR, -R9, deuterium or halogen;
-M- is a cleavable moiety; each n is independently 0-18; each m is independently 0-6; p is 1 or 2; and
6. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein W is -C(O)N-(R3)2.
7. The compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein Q is -C5alkylene-.
8. The compound according to claim 1, 3, 4, or 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1 and R2 is independently -C(O)R3.
9. The compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, or 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R3 is independently C1-40 aliphatic.
10. The compound according to any one of claims 1-9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is -O-.
11. The compound according to any one of claims 1-9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is -(C1-6 aliphatic)-.
12. The compound according to any one of claims 1-11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R is independently hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic, 3-8 membered carbocycle, C6-10 aryl, 4-8 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
13. The compound according to any one of claims 1-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y is -C(O)-.
14. The compound according to any one of claims 1-13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z is an optionally substituted bivalent C1-30 aliphatic, wherein 0-8 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -R8-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, - C(O)O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(S)-, -N(R)S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR-, -N(R)C(O)-, -C(O)NR-, -OC(O)NR-, -N(R)C(O)O-, or an amino acid; and wherein 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
16. The compound according to any one of claims 1-13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R4a)C(O)-M-, -CH(R4a)-M-, -CH(R4a)CH(R5a)C(O)-M-, -CH(R4a)CH(R5a)(CH2)nC(O)-M-, -CH(R4a)CH(R5a)(CH2)n-M-, and -C(R4a)(R4b)(CH2)nC(R5a)(R5b)C(O)-M-, wherein either side of Z may be attached to Agent.
17. The compound according to any one of claims 1-13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z is absent.
18. The compound according to any one of claims 1-13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z is C1-25 alkylene optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents selected
from the group consisting of deuterium, halogen, -CN, a 3-6 membered carbocycle, C6-10 aryl, a 4-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, a 5-6 heteroaryl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen; wherein 0-4 methylene units of Z are independently replaced by -O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, or -C(O)-; and 1 methylene unit of Z is optionally replaced with -M-.
19. The compound according to any one of claims 1-18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein -M- is selected from the group consisting of:
wherein either side of M may be attached to Agent; and wherein each of R6aand R6b is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, C1-5 aliphatic, halogen, and - CN; each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, -OR, -NR2, -NO2, - SR, -R9, or -R10; each Z1 is independently selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NR-, and -S-; each Z2 is independently selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NR-, -S-, -OC(O)-, -N(R)C(O)O-, and -OC(O)NR-; and each Z3 is independently absent or selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NR-, -S-, and -C(R6a)(R6b)-.
21. The compound according to any one of claims 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R4a and R4b is independently hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms; or R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
22. The compound according to any one of claims 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, -CN, or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms; or R5a and R5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 carbocycle or a 3-6 membered heterocycle comprising 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
23. The compound according to any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R4a, R4b, R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-6 deuterium or halogen atoms.
24. The compound according to any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein p is 1.
25. The compound according to any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein p is 2.
27. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is selected from any one of compounds 1-2201, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, deuterated variants thereof, or combination thereof.
28. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to any of claims 1-27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
29. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 28, wherein said composition further comprises an additional therapeutic agent.
30. A method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-27 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 28 or 29.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation is a CNS-related condition.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the CNS-related condition is selected from the group consisting of an adjustment disorder, anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), dissociative disorder, eating disorder, mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or other psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder), sleep disorder (including insomnia), substance-related disorder, personality disorder (including obsessive-
compulsive personality disorder), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins), neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), pain (including acute and chronic pain), encephalopathy secondary to a medical condition (including hepatic encephalopathy and anti- NMDA receptor encephalitis), seizure disorder (including status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease), stroke, traumatic brain injury, movement disorder (including Huntington’s disease and Parkinson’s disease), and tinnitus.
33. The compound according to any one of claims 1-27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
34. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to claim 33, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation is a CNS-related condition.
35. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to claim 34, wherein the CNS-related condition is selected from the group consisting of an adjustment disorder, anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), dissociative disorder, eating disorder, mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or other psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder), sleep disorder (including insomnia), substance-related disorder, personality disorder (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins), neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), pain (including acute and chronic pain), encephalopathy secondary to a medical condition (including hepatic encephalopathy and anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis), seizure disorder (including status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease), stroke, traumatic brain injury, movement disorder (including Huntington’s disease and Parkinson’s disease), and tinnitus.
36. A composition comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1-27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
37. The composition for use according to claim 36, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation is a CNS-related condition.
38. The composition for use according to claim 37, wherein the CNS-related condition is selected from the group consisting of an adjustment disorder, anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), dissociative disorder, eating disorder, mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or other psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder), sleep disorder (including insomnia), substance-related disorder, personality disorder (including obsessive-compulsive personality disorder), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins), neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), pain (including acute and chronic pain), encephalopathy secondary to a medical condition (including hepatic encephalopathy and anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis), seizure disorder (including status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease), stroke, traumatic brain injury, movement disorder (including Huntington’s disease and Parkinson’s disease), and tinnitus.
39. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation.
40. The use according to claim 39, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition requiring allosteric NMDA receptor modulation is a CNS-related condition.
41. The use according to claim 40, wherein the CNS-related condition is selected from the group consisting of an adjustment disorder, anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), dissociative disorder, eating disorder, mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or other psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder), sleep disorder (including insomnia), substance-related disorder, personality disorder (including obsessive- compulsive personality disorder), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins), neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), pain (including acute and chronic pain), encephalopathy secondary to a medical condition (including hepatic encephalopathy and anti-
NMDA receptor encephalitis), seizure disorder (including status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease), stroke, traumatic brain injury, movement disorder (including Huntington’s disease and Parkinson’s disease), and tinnitus.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202363463540P | 2023-05-02 | 2023-05-02 | |
| US63/463,540 | 2023-05-02 | ||
| US202463631365P | 2024-04-08 | 2024-04-08 | |
| US63/631,365 | 2024-04-08 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024229297A1 true WO2024229297A1 (en) | 2024-11-07 |
Family
ID=91620545
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2024/027554 Pending WO2024229297A1 (en) | 2023-05-02 | 2024-05-02 | Lymphatic system-targeting compounds |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2024229297A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025113662A1 (en) * | 2023-12-01 | 2025-06-05 | 康希诺(上海)生物研发有限公司 | Lipid nanoparticle for delivering nucleic acid, preparation method therefor, and use thereof |
| WO2025113654A1 (en) * | 2023-12-01 | 2025-06-05 | 康希诺(上海)生物研发有限公司 | Ionizable cationic lipid compound and use thereof |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5376645A (en) | 1990-01-23 | 1994-12-27 | University Of Kansas | Derivatives of cyclodextrins exhibiting enhanced aqueous solubility and the use thereof |
| WO2017007836A1 (en) * | 2015-07-06 | 2017-01-12 | Sage Therapeutics, Inc. | Oxysterols and methods of use thereof |
| WO2021159021A1 (en) * | 2020-02-05 | 2021-08-12 | Puretech Lyt, Inc. | Lipid prodrugs of neurosteroids |
| WO2022032154A2 (en) * | 2020-08-06 | 2022-02-10 | Modernatx, Inc. | Compositions for the delivery of payload molecules to airway epithelium |
| WO2022261510A1 (en) * | 2021-06-11 | 2022-12-15 | Sage Therapeutics, Inc. | Neuroactive steroid for the treatment of alzheimer's disease |
-
2024
- 2024-05-02 WO PCT/US2024/027554 patent/WO2024229297A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5376645A (en) | 1990-01-23 | 1994-12-27 | University Of Kansas | Derivatives of cyclodextrins exhibiting enhanced aqueous solubility and the use thereof |
| WO2017007836A1 (en) * | 2015-07-06 | 2017-01-12 | Sage Therapeutics, Inc. | Oxysterols and methods of use thereof |
| WO2021159021A1 (en) * | 2020-02-05 | 2021-08-12 | Puretech Lyt, Inc. | Lipid prodrugs of neurosteroids |
| WO2022032154A2 (en) * | 2020-08-06 | 2022-02-10 | Modernatx, Inc. | Compositions for the delivery of payload molecules to airway epithelium |
| WO2022261510A1 (en) * | 2021-06-11 | 2022-12-15 | Sage Therapeutics, Inc. | Neuroactive steroid for the treatment of alzheimer's disease |
Non-Patent Citations (20)
| Title |
|---|
| "Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2005, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS |
| ALOUANE. ET AL.: "Angewandte Chemie International Edition", vol. 54, 2015, pages: 7492 - 7509 |
| BERGE ET AL., J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 66, no. 1, 1977, pages 268 - 79 |
| C. BLENCOWE ET AL., POLYM. CHEM., vol. 2, 2011, pages 773 - 790 |
| CARRUTHERS: "Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis", 1987, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS |
| E. W. MARTIN: "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1980, MACK PUBLISHING CO. |
| ELIEL: "Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds", 1962, MCGRAW-HILL |
| HILL MATTHEW D. ET AL: "SAGE-718: A First-in-Class N-Methyl-D--Aspartate Receptor Positive Allosteric Modulator for the Potential Treatment of Cognitive Impairment", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 65, no. 13, 2 July 2022 (2022-07-02), US, pages 9063 - 9075, XP093087693, ISSN: 0022-2623, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/acs.jmedchem.2c00313> [retrieved on 20240826], DOI: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.2c00313 * |
| HORAK ET AL., J. NEUROSCIENCE, vol. 24, no. 46, 2004, pages 10318 - 10325 |
| HUVELLE ET AL., ORG. BIOMOL. CHEM., vol. 15, no. 16, 2017, pages 3435 - 3443 |
| JACQUES ET AL.: "Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions", 1981, WILEY INTERSCIENCE |
| KRATZ ET AL., CHEMMEDCHEM, vol. 3, no. 1, 2008, pages 20 - 53 |
| LAROCK: "Comprehensive Organic Transformations", 1989, VCH PUBLISHERS, INC. |
| LEVINE ET AL., CHEM. SCI., vol. 3, no. 8, 2012, pages 2412 - 2420 |
| MATSUMORI N ET AL: "An Amphotericin B-Ergosterol Covalent Conjugate with Powerful Membrane Permeabilizing Activity", CHEMISTRY & BIOLOGY, CURRENT BIOLOGY, LONDON, GB, vol. 11, no. 5, 21 May 2004 (2004-05-21), pages 673 - 679, XP025916619, ISSN: 1074-5521, [retrieved on 20040525], DOI: 10.1016/J.CHEMBIOL.2004.02.027 * |
| POUTON, EUR. J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 11, 2000, pages S93 - S98 |
| POUTON, EUR. J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 29, 2006, pages 278 - 287 |
| SMITHMARCH: "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 2001, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. |
| THOMAS SORRELL: "Handbook of Chemistry and Physics", 1999, UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BOOKS |
| WILEN ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 33, 1977, pages 2725 |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025113662A1 (en) * | 2023-12-01 | 2025-06-05 | 康希诺(上海)生物研发有限公司 | Lipid nanoparticle for delivering nucleic acid, preparation method therefor, and use thereof |
| WO2025113654A1 (en) * | 2023-12-01 | 2025-06-05 | 康希诺(上海)生物研发有限公司 | Ionizable cationic lipid compound and use thereof |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| AU2021218227B2 (en) | Oxysterols and methods of use thereof | |
| AU2021218230B2 (en) | Oxysterols and methods of use thereof | |
| WO2024229297A1 (en) | Lymphatic system-targeting compounds | |
| AU2025256194A1 (en) | Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs | |
| CN111770756B (en) | Non-natural amino acid derivative, pharmaceutical composition containing same, and preparation method and application thereof | |
| EP3774843B1 (en) | Dipeptide piperidine derivatives | |
| AU2023385734A1 (en) | Negative nmda-modulating compounds and methods of use thereof | |
| KR20210013081A (en) | Crystalline form of 1-(acyloxy)-alkyl carbamate drug complex of naproxen and pregabalin | |
| WO2025101965A1 (en) | Lipid a derivatives and uses thereof | |
| WO2025250816A1 (en) | Agents for delivering nmda receptor modulating compounds and methods of use thereof | |
| HK40107350A (en) | Oxysterols and methods of use thereof | |
| WO2017040778A1 (en) | Therapeutic compound for pain and synthesis thereof | |
| HK1247563B (en) | Oxysterols and methods of use thereof |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24735358 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2024735358 Country of ref document: EP |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2024735358 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20251202 |